title.gif (7562 bytes)

PART I. A VOYAGE TO LILLIPUT.
Chapter I.
Chapter II.
Chapter III.
Chapter IV.
Chapter V.
Chapter VI.
Chapter VII.
Chapter VIII.
PART II. A VOYAGE TO BROBDINGNAG.
Chapter I.
Chapter II.
Chapter III.
Chapter IV.
Chapter V.
Chapter VI.
Chapter VII.
Chapter VIII.
PART III. A VOYAGE TO LAPUTA,
BALNIBARBI, LUGGNAGG,
GLUBBDUBDRIB, AND JAPAN.
Chapter I.
Chapter II.
Chapter III.
Chapter IV.
Chapter V.
Chapter VI.
Chapter VII.
Chapter VIII.
Chapter IX.
Chapter X.
Chapter XI.
PART IV. A VOYAGE TO THE COUNTRY
OF THE HOUYHNHNMS.
Chapter I.

Chapter II.
Chapter III.
Chapter IV.
Chapter V.
Chapter VI.
Chapter VII.
Chapter VIII.
Chapter IX.
Chapter X.
Chapter XI.
Chapter XII.

THE PUBLISHER TO THE READER.

The author of these Travels, Mr. Lemuel
Gulliver, is my ancient and intimate friend;
there is likewise some relation between us
on the mother’s side. About three years
ago, Mr. Gulliver growing weary of the
concourse of curious people coming to him
at his house in Redriff, made a small
purchase of land, with a convenient house,
near Newark, in Nottinghamshire, his native
country; where he now lives retired, yet in
good esteem among his neighbours.

Although Mr. Gulliver was born in
Nottinghamshire, where his father dwelt,
yet I have heard him say his family came
from Oxfordshire; to confirm which, I have
observed in the churchyard at Banbury in
that county, several tombs and monuments
of the Gullivers.

Before he quitted Redriff, he left the

-1-

custody of the following papers in my
hands, with the liberty to dispose of them as
I should think fit. I have carefully perused
them three times. The style is very plain and
simple; and the only fault I find is, that the
author, after the manner of travellers, is a
little too circumstantial. There is an air of
truth apparent through the whole; and
indeed the author was so distinguished for
his veracity, that it became a sort of proverb
among his neighbours at Redriff, when any
one affirmed a thing, to say, it was as true
as if Mr. Gulliver had spoken it.

By the advice of several worthy persons, to
whom, with the author’s permission, I
communicated these papers, I now venture
to send them into the world, hoping they
may be, at least for some time, a better
entertainment to our young noblemen, than
the common scribbles of politics and party.

This volume would have been at least twice
as large, if I had not made bold to strike out
innumerable passages relating to the winds
and tides, as well as to the variations and
bearings in the several voyages, together
with the minute descriptions of the
management of the ship in storms, in the
style of sailors; likewise the account of
longitudes and latitudes; wherein I have
reason to apprehend, that Mr. Gulliver may
be a little dissatisfied. But I was resolved to
fit the work as much as possible to the
general capacity of readers. However, if my
own ignorance in sea affairs shall have led
me to commit some mistakes, I alone am
answerable for them. And if any traveller
hath a curiosity to see the whole work at
large, as it came from the hands of the
author, I will be ready to gratify him.

As for any further particulars relating to the
author, the reader will receive satisfaction
from the first pages of the book.

RICHARD SYMPSON.

A LETTER FROM CAPTAIN GULLIVER
TO HIS COUSIN SYMPSON.

WRITTEN IN THE YEAR 1727.

I hope you will be ready to own publicly,
whenever you shall be called to it, that by
your great and frequent urgency you
prevailed on me to publish a very loose and
uncorrect account of my travels, with
directions to hire some young gentleman of
either university to put them in order, and
correct the style, as my cousin Dampier did,
by my advice, in his book called “A Voyage
round the world.” But I do not remember I
gave you power to consent that any thing
should be omitted, and much less that any
thing should be inserted; therefore, as to the
latter, I do here renounce every thing of that
kind; particularly a paragraph about her
majesty Queen Anne, of most pious and
glorious memory; although I did reverence
and esteem her more than any of human
species. But you, or your interpolator, ought
to have considered, that it was not my
inclination, so was it not decent to praise
any animal of our composition before my
master Houyhnhnm: And besides, the fact
was altogether false; for to my knowledge,
being in England during some part of her
majesty’s reign, she did govern by a chief
minister; nay even by two successively, the
first whereof was the lord of Godolphin, and
the second the lord of Oxford; so that you
have made me say the thing that was not.
Likewise in the account of the academy of
projectors, and several passages of my
discourse to my master Houyhnhnm, you
have either omitted some material
circumstances, or minced or changed them
in such a manner, that I do hardly know my
own work. When I formerly hinted to you
something of this in a letter, you were
pleased to answer that you were afraid of

-2-

giving offence; that people in power were
very watchful over the press, and apt not
only to interpret, but to punish every thing
which looked like an innuendo (as I think you
call it). But, pray how could that which I
spoke so many years ago, and at about five
thousand leagues distance, in another
reign, be applied to any of the Yahoos, who
now are said to govern the herd; especially
at a time when I little thought, or feared, the
unhappiness of living under them? Have not
I the most reason to complain, when I see
these very Yahoos carried by Houyhnhnms
in a vehicle, as if they were brutes, and
those the rational creatures? And indeed to
avoid so monstrous and detestable a sight
was one principal motive of my retirement
hither.

Thus much I thought proper to tell you in
relation to yourself, and to the trust I reposed
in you.

I do, in the next place, complain of my own
great want of judgment, in being prevailed
upon by the entreaties and false reasoning
of you and some others, very much against
my own opinion, to suffer my travels to be
published. Pray bring to your mind how
often I desired you to consider, when you
insisted on the motive of public good, that
the Yahoos were a species of animals
utterly incapable of amendment by precept
or example: and so it has proved; for,
instead of seeing a full stop put to all abuses
and corruptions, at least in this little island,
as I had reason to expect; behold, after
above six months warning, I cannot learn
that my book has produced one single
effect according to my intentions. I desired
you would let me know, by a letter, when
party and faction were extinguished;
judges learned and upright; pleaders
honest and modest, with some tincture of
common sense, and Smithfield blazing with
pyramids of law books; the young nobility’s

education entirely changed; the physicians
banished; the female Yahoos abounding in
virtue, honour, truth, and good sense; courts
and levees of great ministers thoroughly
weeded and swept; wit, merit, and learning
rewarded; all disgracers of the press in
prose and verse condemned to eat nothing
but their own cotton, and quench their thirst
with their own ink. These, and a thousand
other reformations, I firmly counted upon by
your encouragement; as indeed they were
plainly deducible from the precepts
delivered in my book. And it must be
owned, that seven months were a sufficient
time to correct every vice and folly to which
Yahoos are subject, if their natures had
been capable of the least disposition to
virtue or wisdom. Yet, so far have you been
from answering my expectation in any of
your letters; that on the contrary you are
loading our carrier every week with libels,
and keys, and reflections, and memoirs,
and second parts; wherein I see myself
accused of reflecting upon great state folk;
of degrading human nature (for so they have
still the confidence to style it), and of
abusing the female sex. I find likewise that
the writers of those bundles are not agreed
among themselves; for some of them will
not allow me to be the author of my own
travels; and others make me author of
books to which I am wholly a stranger.

I find likewise that your printer has been so
careless as to confound the times, and
mistake the dates, of my several voyages
and returns; neither assigning the true year,
nor the true month, nor day of the month: and
I hear the original manuscript is all
destroyed since the publication of my book;
neither have I any copy left: however, I have
sent you some corrections, which you may
insert, if ever there should be a second
edition: and yet I cannot stand to them; but
shall leave that matter to my judicious and
candid readers to adjust it as they please.

-3-

I hear some of our sea Yahoos find fault with
my sea-language, as not proper in many
parts, nor now in use. I cannot help it. In my
first voyages, while I was young, I was
instructed by the oldest mariners, and
learned to speak as they did. But I have
since found that the sea Yahoos are apt,
like the land ones, to become new-fangled
in their words, which the latter change every
year; insomuch, as I remember upon each
return to my own country their old dialect
was so altered, that I could hardly
understand the new. And I observe, when
any Yahoo comes from London out of
curiosity to visit me at my house, we neither
of us are able to deliver our conceptions in a
manner intelligible to the other.

If the censure of the Yahoos could any way
affect me, I should have great reason to
complain, that some of them are so bold as
to think my book of travels a mere fiction out
of mine own brain, and have gone so far as
to drop hints, that the Houyhnhnms and
Yahoos have no more existence than the
inhabitants of Utopia.

Indeed I must confess, that as to the people
of Lilliput, Brobdingrag (for so the word
should have been spelt, and not erroneously
Brobdingnag), and Laputa, I have never yet
heard of any Yahoo so presumptuous as to
dispute their being, or the facts I have
related concerning them; because the truth
immediately strikes every reader with
conviction. And is there less probability in
my account of the Houyhnhnms or Yahoos,
when it is manifest as to the latter, there are
so many thousands even in this country,
who only differ from their brother brutes in
Houyhnhnmland, because they use a sort of
jabber, and do not go naked? I wrote for
their amendment, and not their approbation.
The united praise of the whole race would
be of less consequence to me, than the
neighing of those two degenerate

Houyhnhnms I keep in my stable; because
from these, degenerate as they are, I still
improve in some virtues without any mixture
of vice.

Do these miserable animals presume to
think, that I am so degenerated as to defend
my veracity? Yahoo as I am, it is well known
through all Houyhnhnmland, that, by the
instructions and example of my illustrious
master, I was able in the compass of two
years (although I confess with the utmost
difficulty) to remove that infernal habit of
lying, shuffling, deceiving, and
equivocating, so deeply rooted in the very
souls of all my species; especially the
Europeans.

I have other complaints to make upon this
vexatious occasion; but I forbear troubling
myself or you any further. I must freely
confess, that since my last return, some
corruptions of my Yahoo nature have
revived in me by conversing with a few of
your species, and particularly those of my
own family, by an unavoidable necessity;
else I should never have attempted so
absurd a project as that of reforming the
Yahoo race in this kingdom: But I have now
done with all such visionary schemes for
ever.

April 2, 1727

PART I. A VOYAGE TO LILLIPUT.

CHAPTER I.

[The author gives some account of himself
and family. His first inducements to travel.
He is shipwrecked, and swims for his life.
Gets safe on shore in the country of Lilliput;
is made a prisoner, and carried up the
country.]

My father had a small estate in

-4-

Nottinghamshire: I was the third of five sons.
He sent me to Emanuel College in
Cambridge at fourteen years old, where I
resided three years, and applied myself
close to my studies; but the charge of
maintaining me, although I had a very scanty
allowance, being too great for a narrow
fortune, I was bound apprentice to Mr.
James Bates, an eminent surgeon in
London, with whom I continued four years.
My father now and then sending me small
sums of money, I laid them out in learning
navigation, and other parts of the
mathematics, useful to those who intend to
travel, as I always believed it would be,
some time or other, my fortune to do. When I
left Mr. Bates, I went down to my father:
where, by the assistance of him and my
uncle John, and some other relations, I got
forty pounds, and a promise of thirty pounds
a year to maintain me at Leyden: there I
studied physic two years and seven
months, knowing it would be useful in long
voyages.

Soon after my return from Leyden, I was
recommended by my good master, Mr.
Bates, to be surgeon to the Swallow,
Captain Abraham Pannel, commander;
with whom I continued three years and a
half, making a voyage or two into the
Levant, and some other parts. When I came
back I resolved to settle in London; to which
Mr. Bates, my master, encouraged me, and
by him I was recommended to several
patients. I took part of a small house in the
Old Jewry; and being advised to alter my
condition, I married Mrs. Mary Burton,
second daughter to Mr. Edmund Burton,
hosier, in Newgate-street, with whom I
received four hundred pounds for a portion.

But my good master Bates dying in two
years after, and I having few friends, my
business began to fail; for my conscience
would not suffer me to imitate the bad

practice of too many among my brethren.
Having therefore consulted with my wife,
and some of my acquaintance, I determined
to go again to sea. I was surgeon
successively in two ships, and made
several voyages, for six years, to the East
and West Indies, by which I got some
addition to my fortune. My hours of leisure I
spent in reading the best authors, ancient
and modern, being always provided with a
good number of books; and when I was
ashore, in observing the manners and
dispositions of the people, as well as
learning their language; wherein I had a
great facility, by the strength of my memory.

The last of these voyages not proving very
fortunate, I grew weary of the sea, and
intended to stay at home with my wife and
family. I removed from the Old Jewry to
Fetter Lane, and from thence to Wapping,
hoping to get business among the sailors;
but it would not turn to account. After three
years expectation that things would mend, I
accepted an advantageous offer from
Captain William Prichard, master of the
Antelope, who was making a voyage to the
South Sea. We set sail from Bristol, May 4,
1699, and our voyage was at first very
prosperous.

It would not be proper, for some reasons, to
trouble the reader with the particulars of our
adventures in those seas; let it suffice to
inform him, that in our passage from thence
to the East Indies, we were driven by a
violent storm to the north-west of Van
Diemen’s Land. By an observation, we
found ourselves in the latitude of 30 degrees
2 minutes south. Twelve of our crew were
dead by immoderate labour and ill food; the
rest were in a very weak condition. On the
5th of November, which was the beginning
of summer in those parts, the weather being
very hazy, the seamen spied a rock within
half a cable’s length of the ship; but the wind

-5-

was so strong, that we were driven directly
upon it, and immediately split. Six of the
crew, of whom I was one, having let down
the boat into the sea, made a shift to get
clear of the ship and the rock. We rowed, by
my computation, about three leagues, till we
were able to work no longer, being already
spent with labour while we were in the ship.
We therefore trusted ourselves to the mercy
of the waves, and in about half an hour the
boat was overset by a sudden flurry from the
north. What became of my companions in
the boat, as well as of those who escaped
on the rock, or were left in the vessel, I
cannot tell; but conclude they were all lost.
For my own part, I swam as fortune directed
me, and was pushed forward by wind and
tide. I often let my legs drop, and could feel
no bottom; but when I was almost gone, and
able to struggle no longer, I found myself
within my depth; and by this time the storm
was much abated. The declivity was so
small, that I walked near a mile before I got
to the shore, which I conjectured was about
eight o’clock in the evening. I then advanced
forward near half a mile, but could not
discover any sign of houses or inhabitants;
at least I was in so weak a condition, that I
did not observe them. I was extremely tired,
and with that, and the heat of the weather,
and about half a pint of brandy that I drank
as I left the ship, I found myself much
inclined to sleep. I lay down on the grass,
which was very short and soft, where I slept
sounder than ever I remembered to have
done in my life, and, as I reckoned, about
nine hours; for when I awaked, it was just
day-light. I attempted to rise, but was not
able to stir: for, as I happened to lie on my
back, I found my arms and legs were
strongly fastened on each side to the
ground; and my hair, which was long and
thick, tied down in the same manner. I
likewise felt several slender ligatures
across my body, from my arm-pits to my
thighs. I could only look upwards; the sun

began to grow hot, and the light offended
my eyes. I heard a confused noise about
me; but in the posture I lay, could see
nothing except the sky. In a little time I felt
something alive moving on my left leg,
which advancing gently forward over my
breast, came almost up to my chin; when,
bending my eyes downwards as much as I
could, I perceived it to be a human creature
not six inches high, with a bow and arrow in
his hands, and a quiver at his back. In the
mean time, I felt at least forty more of the
same kind (as I conjectured) following the
first. I was in the utmost astonishment, and
roared so loud, that they all ran back in a
fright; and some of them, as I was
afterwards told, were hurt with the falls they
got by leaping from my sides upon the
ground. However, they soon returned, and
one of them, who ventured so far as to get a
full sight of my face, lifting up his hands and
eyes by way of admiration, cried out in a
shrill but distinct voice, Hekinah degul: the
others repeated the same words several
times, but then I knew not what they meant. I
lay all this while, as the reader may believe,
in great uneasiness. At length, struggling to
get loose, I had the fortune to break the
strings, and wrench out the pegs that
fastened my left arm to the ground; for, by
lifting it up to my face, I discovered the
methods they had taken to bind me, and at
the same time with a violent pull, which gave
me excessive pain, I a little loosened the
strings that tied down my hair on the left
side, so that I was just able to turn my head
about two inches. But the creatures ran off a
second time, before I could seize them;
whereupon there was a great shout in a very
shrill accent, and after it ceased I heard one
of them cry aloud Tolgo phonac; when in an
instant I felt above a hundred arrows
discharged on my left hand, which, pricked
me like so many needles; and besides, they
shot another flight into the air, as we do
bombs in Europe, whereof many, I

-6-

suppose, fell on my body, (though I felt them
not), and some on my face, which I
immediately covered with my left hand.
When this shower of arrows was over, I fell a
groaning with grief and pain; and then
striving again to get loose, they discharged
another volley larger than the first, and some
of them attempted with spears to stick me in
the sides; but by good luck I had on a buff
jerkin, which they could not pierce. I thought
it the most prudent method to lie still, and my
design was to continue so till night, when,
my left hand being already loose, I could
easily free myself: and as for the
inhabitants, I had reason to believe I might
be a match for the greatest army they could
bring against me, if they were all of the
same size with him that I saw. But fortune
disposed otherwise of me. When the people
observed I was quiet, they discharged no
more arrows; but, by the noise I heard, I
knew their numbers increased; and about
four yards from me, over against my right
ear, I heard a knocking for above an hour,
like that of people at work; when turning my
head that way, as well as the pegs and
strings would permit me, I saw a stage
erected about a foot and a half from the
ground, capable of holding four of the
inhabitants, with two or three ladders to
mount it: from whence one of them, who
seemed to be a person of quality, made me
a long speech, whereof I understood not
one syllable. But I should have mentioned,
that before the principal person began his
oration, he cried out three times, Langro
dehul san (these words and the former were
afterwards repeated and explained to me);
whereupon, immediately, about fifty of the
inhabitants came and cut the strings that
fastened the left side of my head, which
gave me the liberty of turning it to the right,
and of observing the person and gesture of
him that was to speak. He appeared to be
of a middle age, and taller than any of the
other three who attended him, whereof one

was a page that held up his train, and
seemed to be somewhat longer than my
middle finger; the other two stood one on
each side to support him. He acted every
part of an orator, and I could observe many
periods of threatenings, and others of
promises, pity, and kindness. I answered in
a few words, but in the most submissive
manner, lifting up my left hand, and both my
eyes to the sun, as calling him for a witness;
and being almost famished with hunger,
having not eaten a morsel for some hours
before I left the ship, I found the demands of
nature so strong upon me, that I could not
forbear showing my impatience (perhaps
against the strict rules of decency) by
putting my finger frequently to my mouth, to
signify that I wanted food. The hurgo (for so
they call a great lord, as I afterwards learnt)
understood me very well. He descended
from the stage, and commanded that
several ladders should be applied to my
sides, on which above a hundred of the
inhabitants mounted and walked towards
my mouth, laden with baskets full of meat,
which had been provided and sent thither by
the king’s orders, upon the first intelligence
he received of me. I observed there was the
flesh of several animals, but could not
distinguish them by the taste. There were
shoulders, legs, and loins, shaped like
those of mutton, and very well dressed, but
smaller than the wings of a lark. I ate them
by two or three at a mouthful, and took three
loaves at a time, about the bigness of
musket bullets. They supplied me as fast as
they could, showing a thousand marks of
wonder and astonishment at my bulk and
appetite. I then made another sign, that I
wanted drink. They found by my eating that
a small quantity would not suffice me; and
being a most ingenious people, they slung
up, with great dexterity, one of their largest
hogsheads, then rolled it towards my hand,
and beat out the top; I drank it off at a
draught, which I might well do, for it did not

-7-

hold half a pint, and tasted like a small wine
of Burgundy, but much more delicious. They
brought me a second hogshead, which I
drank in the same manner, and made signs
for more; but they had none to give me.
When I had performed these wonders, they
shouted for joy, and danced upon my
breast, repeating several times as they did
at first, Hekinah degul. They made me a
sign that I should throw down the two
hogsheads, but first warning the people
below to stand out of the way, crying aloud,
Borach mevolah; and when they saw the
vessels in the air, there was a universal
shout of Hekinah degul. I confess I was
often tempted, while they were passing
backwards and forwards on my body, to
seize forty or fifty of the first that came in my
reach, and dash them against the ground.
But the remembrance of what I had felt,
which probably might not be the worst they
could do, and the promise of honour I made
them for so I interpreted my submissive
behaviour soon drove out these
imaginations. Besides, I now considered
myself as bound by the laws of hospitality,
to a people who had treated me with so
much expense and magnificence.
However, in my thoughts I could not
sufficiently wonder at the intrepidity of these
diminutive mortals, who durst venture to
mount and walk upon my body, while one of
my hands was at liberty, without trembling at
the very sight of so prodigious a creature as
I must appear to them. After some time,
when they observed that I made no more
demands for meat, there appeared before
me a person of high rank from his imperial
majesty. His excellency, having mounted on
the small of my right leg, advanced
forwards up to my face, with about a dozen
of his retinue; and producing his credentials
under the signet royal, which he applied
close to my eyes, spoke about ten minutes
without any signs of anger, but with a kind of
determinate resolution, often pointing

forwards, which, as I afterwards found,
was towards the capital city, about half a
mile distant; whither it was agreed by his
majesty in council that I must be conveyed. I
answered in few words, but to no purpose,
and made a sign with my hand that was
loose, putting it to the other (but over his
excellency’s head for fear of hurting him or
his train) and then to my own head and
body, to signify that I desired my liberty. It
appeared that he understood me well
enough, for he shook his head by way of
disapprobation, and held his hand in a
posture to show that I must be carried as a
prisoner. However, he made other signs to
let me understand that I should have meat
and drink enough, and very good treatment.
Whereupon I once more thought of
attempting to break my bonds; but again,
when I felt the smart of their arrows upon my
face and hands, which were all in blisters,
and many of the darts still sticking in them,
and observing likewise that the number of
my enemies increased, I gave tokens to let
them know that they might do with me what
they pleased. Upon this, the hurgo and his
train withdrew, with much civility and
cheerful countenances. Soon after I heard a
general shout, with frequent repetitions of
the words Peplom selan; and I felt great
numbers of people on my left side relaxing
the cords to such a degree, that I was able
to turn upon my right, and to ease myself
with making water; which I very plentifully
did, to the great astonishment of the
people; who, conjecturing by my motion
what I was going to do, immediately
opened to the right and left on that side, to
avoid the torrent, which fell with such noise
and violence from me. But before this, they
had daubed my face and both my hands
with a sort of ointment, very pleasant to the
smell, which, in a few minutes, removed all
the smart of their arrows. These
circumstances, added to the refreshment I
had received by their victuals and drink,

-8-

which were very nourishing, disposed me to
sleep. I slept about eight hours, as I was
afterwards assured; and it was no wonder,
for the physicians, by the emperor’s order,
had mingled a sleepy potion in the
hogsheads of wine.

It seems, that upon the first moment I was
discovered sleeping on the ground, after my
landing, the emperor had early notice of it
by an express; and determined in council,
that I should be tied in the manner I have
related, (which was done in the night while I
slept;) that plenty of meat and drink should
be sent to me, and a machine prepared to
carry me to the capital city.

This resolution perhaps may appear very
bold and dangerous, and I am confident
would not be imitated by any prince in
Europe on the like occasion. However, in
my opinion, it was extremely prudent, as
well as generous: for, supposing these
people had endeavoured to kill me with their
spears and arrows, while I was asleep, I
should certainly have awaked with the first
sense of smart, which might so far have
roused my rage and strength, as to have
enabled me to break the strings wherewith I
was tied; after which, as they were not able
to make resistance, so they could expect no
mercy.

These people are most excellent
mathematicians, and arrived to a great
perfection in mechanics, by the
countenance and encouragement of the
emperor, who is a renowned patron of
learning. This prince has several machines
fixed on wheels, for the carriage of trees
and other great weights. He often builds his
largest men of war, whereof some are nine
feet long, in the woods where the timber
grows, and has them carried on these
engines three or four hundred yards to the
sea. Five hundred carpenters and

engineers were immediately set at work to
prepare the greatest engine they had. It was
a frame of wood raised three inches from
the ground, about seven feet long, and four
wide, moving upon twenty-two wheels. The
shout I heard was upon the arrival of this
engine, which, it seems, set out in four
hours after my landing. It was brought
parallel to me, as I lay. But the principal
difficulty was to raise and place me in this
vehicle. Eighty poles, each of one foot high,
were erected for this purpose, and very
strong cords, of the bigness of packthread,
were fastened by hooks to many bandages,
which the workmen had girt round my neck,
my hands, my body, and my legs. Nine
hundred of the strongest men were
employed to draw up these cords, by many
pulleys fastened on the poles; and thus, in
less than three hours, I was raised and slung
into the engine, and there tied fast. All this I
was told; for, while the operation was
performing, I lay in a profound sleep, by the
force of that soporiferous medicine infused
into my liquor. Fifteen hundred of the
emperor’s largest horses, each about four
inches and a half high, were employed to
draw me towards the metropolis, which, as
I said, was half a mile distant.

About four hours after we began our
journey, I awaked by a very ridiculous
accident; for the carriage being stopped a
while, to adjust something that was out of
order, two or three of the young natives had
the curiosity to see how I looked when I was
asleep; they climbed up into the engine, and
advancing very softly to my face, one of
them, an officer in the guards, put the sharp
end of his half-pike a good way up into my
left nostril, which tickled my nose like a
straw, and made me sneeze violently;
whereupon they stole off unperceived, and
it was three weeks before I knew the cause
of my waking so suddenly. We made a long
march the remaining part of the day, and,

-9-

rested at night with five hundred guards on
each side of me, half with torches, and half
with bows and arrows, ready to shoot me if I
should offer to stir. The next morning at sun-
rise we continued our march, and arrived
within two hundred yards of the city gates
about noon. The emperor, and all his court,
came out to meet us; but his great officers
would by no means suffer his majesty to
endanger his person by mounting on my
body.

At the place where the carriage stopped
there stood an ancient temple, esteemed to
be the largest in the whole kingdom; which,
having been polluted some years before by
an unnatural murder, was, according to the
zeal of those people, looked upon as
profane, and therefore had been applied to
common use, and all the ornaments and
furniture carried away. In this edifice it was
determined I should lodge. The great gate
fronting to the north was about four feet
high, and almost two feet wide, through
which I could easily creep. On each side of
the gate was a small window, not above six
inches from the ground: into that on the left
side, the king’s smith conveyed fourscore
and eleven chains, like those that hang to a
lady’s watch in Europe, and almost as
large, which were locked to my left leg with
six-and-thirty padlocks. Over against this
temple, on the other side of the great
highway, at twenty feet distance, there was
a turret at least five feet high. Here the
emperor ascended, with many principal
lords of his court, to have an opportunity of
viewing me, as I was told, for I could not see
them. It was reckoned that above a hundred
thousand inhabitants came out of the town
upon the same errand; and, in spite of my
guards, I believe there could not be fewer
than ten thousand at several times, who
mounted my body by the help of ladders. But
a proclamation was soon issued, to forbid it
upon pain of death. When the workmen

found it was impossible for me to break
loose, they cut all the strings that bound me;
whereupon I rose up, with as melancholy a
disposition as ever I had in my life. But the
noise and astonishment of the people, at
seeing me rise and walk, are not to be
expressed. The chains that held my left leg
were about two yards long, and gave me
not only the liberty of walking backwards
and forwards in a semicircle, but, being
fixed within four inches of the gate, allowed
me to creep in, and lie at my full length in the
temple.

CHAPTER II.

[The emperor of Lilliput, attended by
several of the nobility, comes to see the
author in his confinement. The emperor’s
person and habit described. Learned men
appointed to teach the author their
language. He gains favour by his mild
disposition. His pockets are searched, and
his sword and pistols taken from him.]

When I found myself on my feet, I looked
about me, and must confess I never beheld
a more entertaining prospect. The country
around appeared like a continued garden,
and the enclosed fields, which were
generally forty feet square, resembled so
many beds of flowers. These fields were
intermingled with woods of half a stang, {1}
and the tallest trees, as I could judge,
appeared to be seven feet high. I viewed
the town on my left hand, which looked like
the painted scene of a city in a theatre.

I had been for some hours extremely
pressed by the necessities of nature; which
was no wonder, it being almost two days
since I had last disburdened myself. I was
under great difficulties between urgency
and shame. The best expedient I could think
of, was to creep into my house, which I
accordingly did; and shutting the gate after

-10-

me, I went as far as the length of my chain
would suffer, and discharged my body of
that uneasy load. But this was the only time I
was ever guilty of so uncleanly an action; for
which I cannot but hope the candid reader
will give some allowance, after he has
maturely and impartially considered my
case, and the distress I was in. From this
time my constant practice was, as soon as I
rose, to perform that business in open air,
at the full extent of my chain; and due care
was taken every morning before company
came, that the offensive matter should be
carried off in wheel-barrows, by two
servants appointed for that purpose. I would
not have dwelt so long upon a circumstance
that, perhaps, at first sight, may appear not
very momentous, if I had not thought it
necessary to justify my character, in point of
cleanliness, to the world; which, I am told,
some of my maligners have been pleased,
upon this and other occasions, to call in
question.

When this adventure was at an end, I came
back out of my house, having occasion for
fresh air. The emperor was already
descended from the tower, and advancing
on horseback towards me, which had like to
have cost him dear; for the beast, though
very well trained, yet wholly unused to such
a sight, which appeared as if a mountain
moved before him, reared up on its hinder
feet: but that prince, who is an excellent
horseman, kept his seat, till his attendants
ran in, and held the bridle, while his majesty
had time to dismount. When he alighted, he
surveyed me round with great admiration;
but kept beyond the length of my chain. He
ordered his cooks and butlers, who were
already prepared, to give me victuals and
drink, which they pushed forward in a sort of
vehicles upon wheels, till I could reach them.
I took these vehicles and soon emptied
them all; twenty of them were filled with
meat, and ten with liquor; each of the former

afforded me two or three good mouthfuls;
and I emptied the liquor of ten vessels,
which was contained in earthen vials, into
one vehicle, drinking it off at a draught; and
so I did with the rest. The empress, and
young princes of the blood of both sexes,
attended by many ladies, sat at some
distance in their chairs; but upon the
accident that happened to the emperor’s
horse, they alighted, and came near his
person, which I am now going to describe.
He is taller by almost the breadth of my nail,
than any of his court; which alone is enough
to strike an awe into the beholders. His
features are strong and masculine, with an
Austrian lip and arched nose, his
complexion olive, his countenance erect,
his body and limbs well proportioned, all his
motions graceful, and his deportment
majestic. He was then past his prime,
being twenty-eight years and three quarters
old, of which he had reigned about seven in
great felicity, and generally victorious. For
the better convenience of beholding him, I
lay on my side, so that my face was parallel
to his, and he stood but three yards off:
however, I have had him since many times
in my hand, and therefore cannot be
deceived in the description. His dress was
very plain and simple, and the fashion of it
between the Asiatic and the European; but
he had on his head a light helmet of gold,
adorned with jewels, and a plume on the
crest. He held his sword drawn in his hand
to defend himself, if I should happen to
break loose; it was almost three inches
long; the hilt and scabbard were gold
enriched with diamonds. His voice was
shrill, but very clear and articulate; and I
could distinctly hear it when I stood up. The
ladies and courtiers were all most
magnificently clad; so that the spot they
stood upon seemed to resemble a petticoat
spread upon the ground, embroidered with
figures of gold and silver. His imperial
majesty spoke often to me, and I returned

-11-

answers: but neither of us could understand
a syllable. There were several of his priests
and lawyers present (as I conjectured by
their habits), who were commanded to
address themselves to me; and I spoke to
them in as many languages as I had the
least smattering of, which were High and
Low Dutch, Latin, French, Spanish, Italian,
and Lingua Franca, but all to no purpose.
After about two hours the court retired, and I
was left with a strong guard, to prevent the
impertinence, and probably the malice of
the rabble, who were very impatient to
crowd about me as near as they durst; and
some of them had the impudence to shoot
their arrows at me, as I sat on the ground by
the door of my house, whereof one very
narrowly missed my left eye. But the colonel
ordered six of the ringleaders to be seized,
and thought no punishment so proper as to
deliver them bound into my hands; which
some of his soldiers accordingly did,
pushing them forward with the butt-ends of
their pikes into my reach. I took them all in
my right hand, put five of them into my coat-
pocket; and as to the sixth, I made a
countenance as if I would eat him alive. The
poor man squalled terribly, and the colonel
and his officers were in much pain,
especially when they saw me take out my
penknife: but I soon put them out of fear; for,
looking mildly, and immediately cutting the
strings he was bound with, I set him gently
on the ground, and away he ran. I treated the
rest in the same manner, taking them one by
one out of my pocket; and I observed both
the soldiers and people were highly
delighted at this mark of my clemency,
which was represented very much to my
advantage at court.

Towards night I got with some difficulty into
my house, where I lay on the ground, and
continued to do so about a fortnight; during
which time, the emperor gave orders to
have a bed prepared for me. Six hundred

beds of the common measure were brought
in carriages, and worked up in my house; a
hundred and fifty of their beds, sewn
together, made up the breadth and length;
and these were four double: which,
however, kept me but very indifferently from
the hardness of the floor, that was of
smooth stone. By the same computation,
they provided me with sheets, blankets, and
coverlets, tolerable enough for one who had
been so long inured to hardships.

As the news of my arrival spread through
the kingdom, it brought prodigious numbers
of rich, idle, and curious people to see me;
so that the villages were almost emptied;
and great neglect of tillage and household
affairs must have ensued, if his imperial
majesty had not provided, by several
proclamations and orders of state, against
this inconveniency. He directed that those
who had already beheld me should return
home, and not presume to come within fifty
yards of my house, without license from the
court; whereby the secretaries of state got
considerable fees.

In the mean time the emperor held frequent
councils, to debate what course should be
taken with me; and I was afterwards
assured by a particular friend, a person of
great quality, who was as much in the secret
as any, that the court was under many
difficulties concerning me. They
apprehended my breaking loose; that my
diet would be very expensive, and might
cause a famine. Sometimes they
determined to starve me; or at least to shoot
me in the face and hands with poisoned
arrows, which would soon despatch me;
but again they considered, that the stench of
so large a carcass might produce a plague
in the metropolis, and probably spread
through the whole kingdom. In the midst of
these consultations, several officers of the
army went to the door of the great council-

-12-

chamber, and two of them being admitted,
gave an account of my behaviour to the six
criminals above-mentioned; which made
so favourable an impression in the breast of
his majesty and the whole board, in my
behalf, that an imperial commission was
issued out, obliging all the villages, nine
hundred yards round the city, to deliver in
every morning six beeves, forty sheep, and
other victuals for my sustenance; together
with a proportionable quantity of bread, and
wine, and other liquors; for the due payment
of which, his majesty gave assignments
upon his treasury: for this prince lives chiefly
upon his own demesnes; seldom, except
upon great occasions, raising any
subsidies upon his subjects, who are
bound to attend him in his wars at their own
expense. An establishment was also made
of six hundred persons to be my domestics,
who had board-wages allowed for their
maintenance, and tents built for them very
conveniently on each side of my door. It was
likewise ordered, that three hundred tailors
should make me a suit of clothes, after the
fashion of the country; that six of his
majesty’s greatest scholars should be
employed to instruct me in their language;
and lastly, that the emperor’s horses, and
those of the nobility and troops of guards,
should be frequently exercised in my sight,
to accustom themselves to me. All these
orders were duly put in execution; and in
about three weeks I made a great progress
in learning their language; during which time
the emperor frequently honoured me with
his visits, and was pleased to assist my
masters in teaching me. We began already
to converse together in some sort; and the
first words I learnt, were to express my
desire “that he would please give me my
liberty;” which I every day repeated on my
knees. His answer, as I could comprehend
it, was, “that this must be a work of time, not
to be thought on without the advice of his
council, and that first I must lumos kelmin

pesso desmar lon emposo;” that is, swear
a peace with him and his kingdom.
However, that I should be used with all
kindness. And he advised me to “acquire,
by my patience and discreet behaviour, the
good opinion of himself and his subjects.”
He desired “I would not take it ill, if he gave
orders to certain proper officers to search
me; for probably I might carry about me
several weapons, which must needs be
dangerous things, if they answered the bulk
of so prodigious a person.” I said, “His
majesty should be satisfied; for I was ready
to strip myself, and turn up my pockets
before him.” This I delivered part in words,
and part in signs. He replied, “that, by the
laws of the kingdom, I must be searched by
two of his officers; that he knew this could
not be done without my consent and
assistance; and he had so good an opinion
of my generosity and justice, as to trust their
persons in my hands; that whatever they
took from me, should be returned when I left
the country, or paid for at the rate which I
would set upon them.” I took up the two
officers in my hands, put them first into my
coat-pockets, and then into every other
pocket about me, except my two fobs, and
another secret pocket, which I had no mind
should be searched, wherein I had some
little necessaries that were of no
consequence to any but myself. In one of my
fobs there was a silver watch, and in the
other a small quantity of gold in a purse.
These gentlemen, having pen, ink, and
paper, about them, made an exact inventory
of every thing they saw; and when they had
done, desired I would set them down, that
they might deliver it to the emperor. This
inventory I afterwards translated into
English, and is, word for word, as follows:

“Imprimis: In the right coat-pocket of the
great man-mountain” (for so I interpret the
words quinbus flestrin,) “after the strictest
search, we found only one great piece of

-13-

coarse-cloth, large enough to be a foot-
cloth for your majesty’s chief room of state.
In the left pocket we saw a huge silver
chest, with a cover of the same metal,
which we, the searchers, were not able to
lift. We desired it should be opened, and
one of us stepping into it, found himself up
to the mid leg in a sort of dust, some part
whereof flying up to our faces set us both a
sneezing for several times together. In his
right waistcoat-pocket we found a
prodigious bundle of white thin substances,
folded one over another, about the bigness
of three men, tied with a strong cable, and
marked with black figures; which we
humbly conceive to be writings, every letter
almost half as large as the palm of our
hands. In the left there was a sort of engine,
from the back of which were extended
twenty long poles, resembling the
pallisados before your majesty’s court:
wherewith we conjecture the man-
mountain combs his head; for we did not
always trouble him with questions, because
we found it a great difficulty to make him
understand us. In the large pocket, on the
right side of his middle cover” (so I translate
the word ranfulo, by which they meant my
breeches,) “we saw a hollow pillar of iron,
about the length of a man, fastened to a
strong piece of timber larger than the pillar;
and upon one side of the pillar, were huge
pieces of iron sticking out, cut into strange
figures, which we know not what to make
of. In the left pocket, another engine of the
same kind. In the smaller pocket on the right
side, were several round flat pieces of
white and red metal, of different bulk; some
of the white, which seemed to be silver,
were so large and heavy, that my comrade
and I could hardly lift them. In the left pocket
were two black pillars irregularly shaped:
we could not, without difficulty, reach the
top of them, as we stood at the bottom of
his pocket. One of them was covered, and
seemed all of a piece: but at the upper end

of the other there appeared a white round
substance, about twice the bigness of our
heads. Within each of these was enclosed a
prodigious plate of steel; which, by our
orders, we obliged him to show us,
because we apprehended they might be
dangerous engines. He took them out of
their cases, and told us, that in his own
country his practice was to shave his beard
with one of these, and cut his meat with the
other. There were two pockets which we
could not enter: these he called his fobs;
they were two large slits cut into the top of
his middle cover, but squeezed close by the
pressure of his belly. Out of the right fob
hung a great silver chain, with a wonderful
kind of engine at the bottom. We directed
him to draw out whatever was at the end of
that chain; which appeared to be a globe,
half silver, and half of some transparent
metal; for, on the transparent side, we saw
certain strange figures circularly drawn, and
thought we could touch them, till we found
our fingers stopped by the lucid substance.
He put this engine into our ears, which
made an incessant noise, like that of a
water-mill: and we conjecture it is either
some unknown animal, or the god that he
worships; but we are more inclined to the
latter opinion, because he assured us, (if
we understood him right, for he expressed
himself very imperfectly) that he seldom did
any thing without consulting it. He called it
his oracle, and said, it pointed out the time
for every action of his life. From the left fob
he took out a net almost large enough for a
fisherman, but contrived to open and shut
like a purse, and served him for the same
use: we found therein several massy pieces
of yellow metal, which, if they be real gold,
must be of immense value.

“Having thus, in obedience to your
majesty’s commands, diligently searched
all his pockets, we observed a girdle about
his waist made of the hide of some

-14-

prodigious animal, from which, on the left
side, hung a sword of the length of five men;
and on the right, a bag or pouch divided into
two cells, each cell capable of holding three
of your majesty’s subjects. In one of these
cells were several globes, or balls, of a
most ponderous metal, about the bigness
of our heads, and requiring a strong hand to
lift them: the other cell contained a heap of
certain black grains, but of no great bulk or
weight, for we could hold above fifty of them
in the palms of our hands.

“This is an exact inventory of what we found
about the body of the man-mountain, who
used us with great civility, and due respect
to your majesty’s commission. Signed and
sealed on the fourth day of the eighty-ninth
moon of your majesty’s auspicious reign.

CLEFRIN FRELOCK, MARSI FRELOCK.”

When this inventory was read over to the
emperor, he directed me, although in very
gentle terms, to deliver up the several
particulars. He first called for my scimitar,
which I took out, scabbard and all. In the
mean time he ordered three thousand of his
choicest troops (who then attended him) to
surround me at a distance, with their bows
and arrows just ready to discharge; but I did
not observe it, for mine eyes were wholly
fixed upon his majesty. He then desired me
to draw my scimitar, which, although it had
got some rust by the sea water, was, in
most parts, exceeding bright. I did so, and
immediately all the troops gave a shout
between terror and surprise; for the sun
shone clear, and the reflection dazzled their
eyes, as I waved the scimitar to and fro in
my hand. His majesty, who is a most
magnanimous prince, was less daunted
than I could expect: he ordered me to return
it into the scabbard, and cast it on the
ground as gently as I could, about six feet
from the end of my chain. The next thing he

demanded was one of the hollow iron
pillars; by which he meant my pocket
pistols. I drew it out, and at his desire, as
well as I could, expressed to him the use of
it; and charging it only with powder, which,
by the closeness of my pouch, happened to
escape wetting in the sea (an
inconvenience against which all prudent
mariners take special care to provide,) I first
cautioned the emperor not to be afraid, and
then I let it off in the air. The astonishment
here was much greater than at the sight of
my scimitar. Hundreds fell down as if they
had been struck dead; and even the
emperor, although he stood his ground,
could not recover himself for some time. I
delivered up both my pistols in the same
manner as I had done my scimitar, and then
my pouch of powder and bullets; begging
him that the former might be kept from fire,
for it would kindle with the smallest spark,
and blow up his imperial palace into the air. I
likewise delivered up my watch, which the
emperor was very curious to see, and
commanded two of his tallest yeomen of the
guards to bear it on a pole upon their
shoulders, as draymen in England do a
barrel of ale. He was amazed at the
continual noise it made, and the motion of
the minute-hand, which he could easily
discern; for their sight is much more acute
than ours: he asked the opinions of his
learned men about it, which were various
and remote, as the reader may well imagine
without my repeating; although indeed I
could not very perfectly understand them. I
then gave up my silver and copper money,
my purse, with nine large pieces of gold,
and some smaller ones; my knife and razor,
my comb and silver snuff-box, my
handkerchief and journal-book. My
scimitar, pistols, and pouch, were
conveyed in carriages to his majesty’s
stores; but the rest of my goods were
returned me.

-15-

I had as I before observed, one private
pocket, which escaped their search,
wherein there was a pair of spectacles
(which I sometimes use for the weakness of
mine eyes,) a pocket perspective, and
some other little conveniences; which,
being of no consequence to the emperor, I
did not think myself bound in honour to
discover, and I apprehended they might be
lost or spoiled if I ventured them out of my
possession.

CHAPTER III.

[The author diverts the emperor, and his
nobility of both sexes, in a very uncommon
manner. The diversions of the court of
Lilliput described. The author has his liberty
granted him upon certain conditions.]

My gentleness and good behaviour had
gained so far on the emperor and his court,
and indeed upon the army and people in
general, that I began to conceive hopes of
getting my liberty in a short time. I took all
possible methods to cultivate this
favourable disposition. The natives came,
by degrees, to be less apprehensive of any
danger from me. I would sometimes lie
down, and let five or six of them dance on
my hand; and at last the boys and girls
would venture to come and play at hide-
and-seek in my hair. I had now made a
good progress in understanding and
speaking the language. The emperor had a
mind one day to entertain me with several of
the country shows, wherein they exceed all
nations I have known, both for dexterity and
magnificence. I was diverted with none so
much as that of the rope-dancers,
performed upon a slender white thread,
extended about two feet, and twelve inches
from the ground. Upon which I shall desire
liberty, with the reader’s patience, to
enlarge a little.

This diversion is only practised by those
persons who are candidates for great
employments, and high favour at court. They
are trained in this art from their youth, and
are not always of noble birth, or liberal
education. When a great office is vacant,
either by death or disgrace (which often
happens,) five or six of those candidates
petition the emperor to entertain his
majesty and the court with a dance on the
rope; and whoever jumps the highest,
without falling, succeeds in the office. Very
often the chief ministers themselves are
commanded to show their skill, and to
convince the emperor that they have not lost
their faculty. Flimnap, the treasurer, is
allowed to cut a caper on the straight rope,
at least an inch higher than any other lord in
the whole empire. I have seen him do the
summerset several times together, upon a
trencher fixed on a rope which is no thicker
than a common packthread in England. My
friend Reldresal, principal secretary for
private affairs, is, in my opinion, if I am not
partial, the second after the treasurer; the
rest of the great officers are much upon a
par.

These diversions are often attended with
fatal accidents, whereof great numbers are
on record. I myself have seen two or three
candidates break a limb. But the danger is
much greater, when the ministers
themselves are commanded to show their
dexterity; for, by contending to excel
themselves and their fellows, they strain so
far that there is hardly one of them who has
not received a fall, and some of them two or
three. I was assured that, a year or two
before my arrival, Flimnap would infallibly
have broke his neck, if one of the king’s
cushions, that accidentally lay on the
ground, had not weakened the force of his
fall.

There is likewise another diversion, which

-16-

is only shown before the emperor and
empress, and first minister, upon particular
occasions. The emperor lays on the table
three fine silken threads of six inches long;
one is blue, the other red, and the third
green. These threads are proposed as
prizes for those persons whom the emperor
has a mind to distinguish by a peculiar mark
of his favour. The ceremony is performed in
his majesty’s great chamber of state,
where the candidates are to undergo a trial
of dexterity very different from the former,
and such as I have not observed the least
resemblance of in any other country of the
new or old world. The emperor holds a stick
in his hands, both ends parallel to the
horizon, while the candidates advancing,
one by one, sometimes leap over the stick,
sometimes creep under it, backward and
forward, several times, according as the
stick is advanced or depressed.
Sometimes the emperor holds one end of
the stick, and his first minister the other;
sometimes the minister has it entirely to
himself. Whoever performs his part with
most agility, and holds out the longest in
leaping and creeping, is rewarded with the
blue-coloured silk; the red is given to the
next, and the green to the third, which they
all wear girt twice round about the middle;
and you see few great persons about this
court who are not adorned with one of these
girdles.

The horses of the army, and those of the
royal stables, having been daily led before
me, were no longer shy, but would come up
to my very feet without starting. The riders
would leap them over my hand, as I held it
on the ground; and one of the emperor’s
huntsmen, upon a large courser, took my
foot, shoe and all; which was indeed a
prodigious leap. I had the good fortune to
divert the emperor one day after a very
extraordinary manner. I desired he would
order several sticks of two feet high, and

the thickness of an ordinary cane, to be
brought me; whereupon his majesty
commanded the master of his woods to
give directions accordingly; and the next
morning six woodmen arrived with as many
carriages, drawn by eight horses to each. I
took nine of these sticks, and fixing them
firmly in the ground in a quadrangular figure,
two feet and a half square, I took four other
sticks, and tied them parallel at each
corner, about two feet from the ground; then
I fastened my handkerchief to the nine
sticks that stood erect; and extended it on
all sides, till it was tight as the top of a drum;
and the four parallel sticks, rising about five
inches higher than the handkerchief, served
as ledges on each side. When I had finished
my work, I desired the emperor to let a troop
of his best horses twenty-four in number,
come and exercise upon this plain. His
majesty approved of the proposal, and I
took them up, one by one, in my hands,
ready mounted and armed, with the proper
officers to exercise them. As soon as they
got into order they divided into two parties,
performed mock skirmishes, discharged
blunt arrows, drew their swords, fled and
pursued, attacked and retired, and in short
discovered the best military discipline I ever
beheld. The parallel sticks secured them
and their horses from falling over the stage;
and the emperor was so much delighted,
that he ordered this entertainment to be
repeated several days, and once was
pleased to be lifted up and give the word of
command; and with great difficulty
persuaded even the empress herself to let
me hold her in her close chair within two
yards of the stage, when she was able to
take a full view of the whole performance. It
was my good fortune, that no ill accident
happened in these entertainments; only
once a fiery horse, that belonged to one of
the captains, pawing with his hoof, struck a
hole in my handkerchief, and his foot
slipping, he overthrew his rider and himself;

-17-

but I immediately relieved them both, and
covering the hole with one hand, I set down
the troop with the other, in the same manner
as I took them up. The horse that fell was
strained in the left shoulder, but the rider got
no hurt; and I repaired my handkerchief as
well as I could: however, I would not trust to
the strength of it any more, in such
dangerous enterprises.

About two or three days before I was set at
liberty, as I was entertaining the court with
this kind of feat, there arrived an express to
inform his majesty, that some of his
subjects, riding near the place where I was
first taken up, had seen a great black
substance lying on the around, very oddly
shaped, extending its edges round, as wide
as his majesty’s bedchamber, and rising
up in the middle as high as a man; that it
was no living creature, as they at first
apprehended, for it lay on the grass without
motion; and some of them had walked
round it several times; that, by mounting
upon each other’s shoulders, they had got
to the top, which was flat and even, and,
stamping upon it, they found that it was
hollow within; that they humbly conceived it
might be something belonging to the man-
mountain; and if his majesty pleased, they
would undertake to bring it with only five
horses. I presently knew what they meant,
and was glad at heart to receive this
intelligence. It seems, upon my first
reaching the shore after our shipwreck, I
was in such confusion, that before I came to
the place where I went to sleep, my hat,
which I had fastened with a string to my
head while I was rowing, and had stuck on
all the time I was swimming, fell off after I
came to land; the string, as I conjecture,
breaking by some accident, which I never
observed, but thought my hat had been lost
at sea. I entreated his imperial majesty to
give orders it might be brought to me as
soon as possible, describing to him the use

and the nature of it: and the next day the
waggoners arrived with it, but not in a very
good condition; they had bored two holes in
the brim, within an inch and half of the edge,
and fastened two hooks in the holes; these
hooks were tied by a long cord to the
harness, and thus my hat was dragged
along for above half an English mile; but,
the ground in that country being extremely
smooth and level, it received less damage
than I expected.

Two days after this adventure, the emperor,
having ordered that part of his army which
quarters in and about his metropolis, to be
in readiness, took a fancy of diverting
himself in a very singular manner. He
desired I would stand like a Colossus, with
my legs as far asunder as I conveniently
could. He then commanded his general
(who was an old experienced leader, and a
great patron of mine) to draw up the troops
in close order, and march them under me;
the foot by twenty-four abreast, and the
horse by sixteen, with drums beating,
colours flying, and pikes advanced. This
body consisted of three thousand foot, and
a thousand horse. His majesty gave orders,
upon pain of death, that every soldier in his
march should observe the strictest decency
with regard to my person; which however
could not prevent some of the younger
officers from turning up their eyes as they
passed under me: and, to confess the truth,
my breeches were at that time in so ill a
condition, that they afforded some
opportunities for laughter and admiration.

I had sent so many memorials and petitions
for my liberty, that his majesty at length
mentioned the matter, first in the cabinet,
and then in a full council; where it was
opposed by none, except Skyresh
Bolgolam, who was pleased, without any
provocation, to be my mortal enemy. But it
was carried against him by the whole

-18-

board, and confirmed by the emperor. That
minister was galbet, or admiral of the
realm, very much in his master’s
confidence, and a person well versed in
affairs, but of a morose and sour
complexion. However, he was at length
persuaded to comply; but prevailed that the
articles and conditions upon which I should
be set free, and to which I must swear,
should be drawn up by himself. These
articles were brought to me by Skyresh
Bolgolam in person attended by two under-
secretaries, and several persons of
distinction. After they were read, I was
demanded to swear to the performance of
them; first in the manner of my own country,
and afterwards in the method prescribed by
their laws; which was, to hold my right foot
in my left hand, and to place the middle
finger of my right hand on the crown of my
head, and my thumb on the tip of my right
ear. But because the reader may be curious
to have some idea of the style and manner
of expression peculiar to that people, as
well as to know the article upon which I
recovered my liberty, I have made a
translation of the whole instrument, word for
word, as near as I was able, which I here
offer to the public.

“Golbasto Momarem Evlame Gurdilo
Shefin Mully Ully Gue, most mighty Emperor
of Lilliput, delight and terror of the universe,
whose dominions extend five thousand
blustrugs (about twelve miles in
circumference) to the extremities of the
globe; monarch of all monarchs, taller than
the sons of men; whose feet press down to
the centre, and whose head strikes against
the sun; at whose nod the princes of the
earth shake their knees; pleasant as the
spring, comfortable as the summer, fruitful
as autumn, dreadful as winter: his most
sublime majesty proposes to the man-
mountain, lately arrived at our celestial
dominions, the following articles, which, by

a solemn oath, he shall be obliged to
perform:

“1st, The man-mountain shall not depart
from our dominions, without our license
under our great seal.

“2d, He shall not presume to come into our
metropolis, without our express order; at
which time, the inhabitants shall have two
hours warning to keep within doors.

“3d, The said man-mountain shall confine
his walks to our principal high roads, and
not offer to walk, or lie down, in a meadow
or field of corn.

“4th, As he walks the said roads, he shall
take the utmost care not to trample upon the
bodies of any of our loving subjects, their
horses, or carriages, nor take any of our
subjects into his hands without their own
consent.

“5th, If an express requires extraordinary
despatch, the man-mountain shall be
obliged to carry, in his pocket, the
messenger and horse a six days journey,
once in every moon, and return the said
messenger back (if so required) safe to our
imperial presence.

“6th, He shall be our ally against our enemies
in the island of Blefuscu, and do his utmost
to destroy their fleet, which is now
preparing to invade us.

“7th, That the said man-mountain shall, at
his times of leisure, be aiding and assisting
to our workmen, in helping to raise certain
great stones, towards covering the wall of
the principal park, and other our royal
buildings.

“8th, That the said man-mountain shall, in
two moons’ time, deliver in an exact survey

-19-

of the circumference of our dominions, by a
computation of his own paces round the
coast.

“Lastly, That, upon his solemn oath to
observe all the above articles, the said man-
mountain shall have a daily allowance of
meat and drink sufficient for the support of
1724 of our subjects, with free access to our
royal person, and other marks of our favour.
Given at our palace at Belfaborac, the
twelfth day of the ninety-first moon of our
reign.”

I swore and subscribed to these articles
with great cheerfulness and content,
although some of them were not so
honourable as I could have wished; which
proceeded wholly from the malice of
Skyresh Bolgolam, the high-admiral:
whereupon my chains were immediately
unlocked, and I was at full liberty. The
emperor himself, in person, did me the
honour to be by at the whole ceremony. I
made my acknowledgements by prostrating
myself at his majesty’s feet: but he
commanded me to rise; and after many
gracious expressions, which, to avoid the
censure of vanity, I shall not repeat, he
added, “that he hoped I should prove a
useful servant, and well deserve all the
favours he had already conferred upon me,
or might do for the future.”

The reader may please to observe, that, in
the last article of the recovery of my liberty,
the emperor stipulates to allow me a
quantity of meat and drink sufficient for the
support of 1724 Lilliputians. Some time after,
asking a friend at court how they came to fix
on that determinate number, he told me that
his majesty’s mathematicians, having
taken the height of my body by the help of a
quadrant, and finding it to exceed theirs in
the proportion of twelve to one, they
concluded from the similarity of their

bodies, that mine must contain at least 1724
of theirs, and consequently would require
as much food as was necessary to support
that number of Lilliputians. By which the
reader may conceive an idea of the
ingenuity of that people, as well as the
prudent and exact economy of so great a
prince.

CHAPTER IV.

[Mildendo, the metropolis of Lilliput,
described, together with the emperor’s
palace. A conversation between the author
and a principal secretary, concerning the
affairs of that empire. The author’s offers to
serve the emperor in his wars.]

The first request I made, after I had
obtained my liberty, was, that I might have
license to see Mildendo, the metropolis;
which the emperor easily granted me, but
with a special charge to do no hurt either to
the inhabitants or their houses. The people
had notice, by proclamation, of my design
to visit the town. The wall which
encompassed it is two feet and a half high,
and at least eleven inches broad, so that a
coach and horses may be driven very safely
round it; and it is flanked with strong towers
at ten feet distance. I stepped over the great
western gate, and passed very gently, and
sidling, through the two principal streets,
only in my short waistcoat, for fear of
damaging the roofs and eaves of the
houses with the skirts of my coat. I walked
with the utmost circumspection, to avoid
treading on any stragglers who might
remain in the streets, although the orders
were very strict, that all people should keep
in their houses, at their own peril. The garret
windows and tops of houses were so
crowded with spectators, that I thought in all
my travels I had not seen a more populous
place. The city is an exact square, each
side of the wall being five hundred feet long.

-20-

The two great streets, which run across and
divide it into four quarters, are five feet
wide. The lanes and alleys, which I could not
enter, but only view them as I passed, are
from twelve to eighteen inches. The town is
capable of holding five hundred thousand
souls: the houses are from three to five
stories: the shops and markets well
provided.

The emperor’s palace is in the centre of the
city where the two great streets meet. It is
enclosed by a wall of two feet high, and
twenty feet distance from the buildings. I
had his majesty’s permission to step over
this wall; and, the space being so wide
between that and the palace, I could easily
view it on every side. The outward court is a
square of forty feet, and includes two other
courts: in the inmost are the royal
apartments, which I was very desirous to
see, but found it extremely difficult; for the
great gates, from one square into another,
were but eighteen inches high, and seven
inches wide. Now the buildings of the outer
court were at least five feet high, and it was
impossible for me to stride over them
without infinite damage to the pile, though
the walls were strongly built of hewn stone,
and four inches thick. At the same time the
emperor had a great desire that I should see
the magnificence of his palace; but this I
was not able to do till three days after, which
I spent in cutting down with my knife some
of the largest trees in the royal park, about a
hundred yards distant from the city. Of these
trees I made two stools, each about three
feet high, and strong enough to bear my
weight. The people having received notice
a second time, I went again through the city
to the palace with my two stools in my
hands. When I came to the side of the outer
court, I stood upon one stool, and took the
other in my hand; this I lifted over the roof,
and gently set it down on the space
between the first and second court, which

was eight feet wide. I then stept over the
building very conveniently from one stool to
the other, and drew up the first after me with
a hooked stick. By this contrivance I got into
the inmost court; and, lying down upon my
side, I applied my face to the windows of
the middle stories, which were left open on
purpose, and discovered the most splendid
apartments that can be imagined. There I
saw the empress and the young princes, in
their several lodgings, with their chief
attendants about them. Her imperial
majesty was pleased to smile very
graciously upon me, and gave me out of the
window her hand to kiss.

But I shall not anticipate the reader with
further descriptions of this kind, because I
reserve them for a greater work, which is
now almost ready for the press; containing
a general description of this empire, from
its first erection, through along series of
princes; with a particular account of their
wars and politics, laws, learning, and
religion; their plants and animals; their
peculiar manners and customs, with other
matters very curious and useful; my chief
design at present being only to relate such
events and transactions as happened to the
public or to myself during a residence of
about nine months in that empire.

One morning, about a fortnight after I had
obtained my liberty, Reldresal, principal
secretary (as they style him) for private
affairs, came to my house attended only by
one servant. He ordered his coach to wait at
a distance, and desired I would give him an
hours audience; which I readily consented
to, on account of his quality and personal
merits, as well as of the many good offices
he had done me during my solicitations at
court. I offered to lie down that he might the
more conveniently reach my ear, but he
chose rather to let me hold him in my hand
during our conversation. He began with

-21-

compliments on my liberty; said “he might
pretend to some merit in it;” but, however,
added, “that if it had not been for the
present situation of things at court, perhaps
I might not have obtained it so soon. For,”
said he, “as flourishing a condition as we
may appear to be in to foreigners, we
labour under two mighty evils: a violent
faction at home, and the danger of an
invasion, by a most potent enemy, from
abroad. As to the first, you are to
understand, that for about seventy moons
past there have been two struggling parties
in this empire, under the names of
Tramecksan and Slamecksan, from the
high and low heels of their shoes, by which
they distinguish themselves. It is alleged,
indeed, that the high heels are most
agreeable to our ancient constitution; but,
however this be, his majesty has
determined to make use only of low heels in
the administration of the government, and
all offices in the gift of the crown, as you
cannot but observe; and particularly that his
majesty’s imperial heels are lower at least
by a drurr than any of his court (drurr is a
measure about the fourteenth part of an
inch). The animosities between these two
parties run so high, that they will neither eat,
nor drink, nor talk with each other. We
compute the Tramecksan, or high heels, to
exceed us in number; but the power is
wholly on our side. We apprehend his
imperial highness, the heir to the crown, to
have some tendency towards the high
heels; at least we can plainly discover that
one of his heels is higher than the other,
which gives him a hobble in his gait. Now, in
the midst of these intestine disquiets, we
are threatened with an invasion from the
island of Blefuscu, which is the other great
empire of the universe, almost as large and
powerful as this of his majesty. For as to
what we have heard you affirm, that there
are other kingdoms and states in the world
inhabited by human creatures as large as

yourself, our philosophers are in much
doubt, and would rather conjecture that you
dropped from the moon, or one of the stars;
because it is certain, that a hundred mortals
of your bulk would in a short time destroy all
the fruits and cattle of his majesty’s
dominions: besides, our histories of six
thousand moons make no mention of any
other regions than the two great empires of
Lilliput and Blefuscu. Which two mighty
powers have, as I was going to tell you,
been engaged in a most obstinate war for
six-and-thirty moons past. It began upon
the following occasion. It is allowed on all
hands, that the primitive way of breaking
eggs, before we eat them, was upon the
larger end; but his present majesty’s
grandfather, while he was a boy, going to
eat an egg, and breaking it according to the
ancient practice, happened to cut one of his
fingers. Whereupon the emperor his father
published an edict, commanding all his
subjects, upon great penalties, to break the
smaller end of their eggs. The people so
highly resented this law, that our histories
tell us, there have been six rebellions raised
on that account; wherein one emperor lost
his life, and another his crown. These civil
commotions were constantly fomented by
the monarchs of Blefuscu; and when they
were quelled, the exiles always fled for
refuge to that empire. It is computed that
eleven thousand persons have at several
times suffered death, rather than submit to
break their eggs at the smaller end. Many
hundred large volumes have been
published upon this controversy: but the
books of the Big-endians have been long
forbidden, and the whole party rendered
incapable by law of holding employments.
During the course of these troubles, the
emperors of Blefusca did frequently
expostulate by their ambassadors,
accusing us of making a schism in religion,
by offending against a fundamental
doctrine of our great prophet Lustrog, in the

-22-

fifty-fourth chapter of the Blundecral (which
is their Alcoran). This, however, is thought
to be a mere strain upon the text; for the
words are these: ‘that all true believers
break their eggs at the convenient end.’ And
which is the convenient end, seems, in my
humble opinion to be left to every man’s
conscience, or at least in the power of the
chief magistrate to determine. Now, the
Big-endian exiles have found so much
credit in the emperor of Blefuscu’s court,
and so much private assistance and
encouragement from their party here at
home, that a bloody war has been carried
on between the two empires for six-and-
thirty moons, with various success; during
which time we have lost forty capital ships,
and a much a greater number of smaller
vessels, together with thirty thousand of our
best seamen and soldiers; and the damage
received by the enemy is reckoned to be
somewhat greater than ours. However, they
have now equipped a numerous fleet, and
are just preparing to make a descent upon
us; and his imperial majesty, placing great
confidence in your valour and strength, has
commanded me to lay this account of his
affairs before you.”

I desired the secretary to present my humble
duty to the emperor; and to let him know,
“that I thought it would not become me, who
was a foreigner, to interfere with parties;
but I was ready, with the hazard of my life, to
defend his person and state against all
invaders.”

CHAPTER V.

[The author, by an extraordinary stratagem,
prevents an invasion. A high title of honour
is conferred upon him. Ambassadors arrive
from the emperor of Blefuscu, and sue for
peace. The empress’s apartment on fire by
an accident; the author instrumental in
saving the rest of the palace.]

The empire of Blefuscu is an island situated
to the north-east of Lilliput, from which it is
parted only by a channel of eight hundred
yards wide. I had not yet seen it, and upon
this notice of an intended invasion, I
avoided appearing on that side of the
coast, for fear of being discovered, by
some of the enemy’s ships, who had
received no intelligence of me; all
intercourse between the two empires
having been strictly forbidden during the
war, upon pain of death, and an embargo
laid by our emperor upon all vessels
whatsoever. I communicated to his majesty
a project I had formed of seizing the
enemy’s whole fleet; which, as our scouts
assured us, lay at anchor in the harbour,
ready to sail with the first fair wind. I
consulted the most experienced seamen
upon the depth of the channel, which they
had often plumbed; who told me, that in the
middle, at high-water, it was seventy
glumgluffs deep, which is about six feet of
European measure; and the rest of it fifty
glumgluffs at most. I walked towards the
north-east coast, over against Blefuscu,
where, lying down behind a hillock, I took
out my small perspective glass, and viewed
the enemy’s fleet at anchor, consisting of
about fifty men of war, and a great number
of transports: I then came back to my house,
and gave orders (for which I had a warrant)
for a great quantity of the strongest cable
and bars of iron. The cable was about as
thick as packthread and the bars of the
length and size of a knitting-needle. I
trebled the cable to make it stronger, and
for the same reason I twisted three of the
iron bars together, bending the extremities
into a hook. Having thus fixed fifty hooks to
as many cables, I went back to the north-
east coast, and putting off my coat, shoes,
and stockings, walked into the sea, in my
leathern jerkin, about half an hour before
high water. I waded with what haste I could,
and swam in the middle about thirty yards,

-23-

till I felt ground. I arrived at the fleet in less
than half an hour. The enemy was so
frightened when they saw me, that they
leaped out of their ships, and swam to
shore, where there could not be fewer than
thirty thousand souls. I then took my tackling,
and, fastening a hook to the hole at the prow
of each, I tied all the cords together at the
end. While I was thus employed, the enemy
discharged several thousand arrows, many
of which stuck in my hands and face, and,
beside the excessive smart, gave me much
disturbance in my work. My greatest
apprehension was for mine eyes, which I
should have infallibly lost, if I had not
suddenly thought of an expedient. I kept,
among other little necessaries, a pair of
spectacles in a private pocket, which, as I
observed before, had escaped the
emperor’s searchers. These I took out and
fastened as strongly as I could upon my
nose, and thus armed, went on boldly with
my work, in spite of the enemy’s arrows,
many of which struck against the glasses of
my spectacles, but without any other effect,
further than a little to discompose them. I
had now fastened all the hooks, and, taking
the knot in my hand, began to pull; but not a
ship would stir, for they were all too fast held
by their anchors, so that the boldest part of
my enterprise remained. I therefore let go
the cord, and leaving the looks fixed to the
ships, I resolutely cut with my knife the
cables that fastened the anchors, receiving
about two hundred shots in my face and
hands; then I took up the knotted end of the
cables, to which my hooks were tied, and
with great ease drew fifty of the enemy’s
largest men of war after me.

The Blefuscudians, who had not the least
imagination of what I intended, were at first
confounded with astonishment. They had
seen me cut the cables, and thought my
design was only to let the ships run adrift or
fall foul on each other: but when they

perceived the whole fleet moving in order,
and saw me pulling at the end, they set up
such a scream of grief and despair as it is
almost impossible to describe or conceive.
When I had got out of danger, I stopped
awhile to pick out the arrows that stuck in my
hands and face; and rubbed on some of the
same ointment that was given me at my first
arrival, as I have formerly mentioned. I then
took off my spectacles, and waiting about
an hour, till the tide was a little fallen, I
waded through the middle with my cargo,
and arrived safe at the royal port of Lilliput.

The emperor and his whole court stood on
the shore, expecting the issue of this great
adventure. They saw the ships move
forward in a large half-moon, but could not
discern me, who was up to my breast in
water. When I advanced to the middle of the
channel, they were yet more in pain,
because I was under water to my neck. The
emperor concluded me to be drowned, and
that the enemy’s fleet was approaching in a
hostile manner: but he was soon eased of
his fears; for the channel growing shallower
every step I made, I came in a short time
within hearing, and holding up the end of the
cable, by which the fleet was fastened, I
cried in a loud voice, “Long live the most
puissant king of Lilliput!” This great prince
received me at my landing with all possible
encomiums, and created me a nardac upon
the spot, which is the highest title of honour
among them.

His majesty desired I would take some
other opportunity of bringing all the rest of
his enemy’s ships into his ports. And so
unmeasureable is the ambition of princes,
that he seemed to think of nothing less than
reducing the whole empire of Blefuscu into
a province, and governing it, by a viceroy; of
destroying the Big-endian exiles, and
compelling that people to break the smaller
end of their eggs, by which he would remain

-24-

the sole monarch of the whole world. But I
endeavoured to divert him from this design,
by many arguments drawn from the topics
of policy as well as justice; and I plainly
protested, “that I would never be an
instrument of bringing a free and brave
people into slavery.” And, when the matter
was debated in council, the wisest part of
the ministry were of my opinion.

This open bold declaration of mine was so
opposite to the schemes and politics of his
imperial majesty, that he could never
forgive me. He mentioned it in a very artful
manner at council, where I was told that
some of the wisest appeared, at least by
their silence, to be of my opinion; but
others, who were my secret enemies, could
not forbear some expressions which, by a
side-wind, reflected on me. And from this
time began an intrigue between his majesty
and a junto of ministers, maliciously bent
against me, which broke out in less than two
months, and had like to have ended in my
utter destruction. Of so little weight are the
greatest services to princes, when put into
the balance with a refusal to gratify their
passions.

About three weeks after this exploit, there
arrived a solemn embassy from Blefuscu,
with humble offers of a peace, which was
soon concluded, upon conditions very
advantageous to our emperor, wherewith I
shall not trouble the reader. There were six
ambassadors, with a train of about five
hundred persons, and their entry was very
magnificent, suitable to the grandeur of
their master, and the importance of their
business. When their treaty was finished,
wherein I did them several good offices by
the credit I now had, or at least appeared to
have, at court, their excellencies, who were
privately told how much I had been their
friend, made me a visit in form. They began
with many compliments upon my valour and

generosity, invited me to that kingdom in the
emperor their master’s name, and desired
me to show them some proofs of my
prodigious strength, of which they had
heard so many wonders; wherein I readily
obliged them, but shall not trouble the
reader with the particulars.

When I had for some time entertained their
excellencies, to their infinite satisfaction
and surprise, I desired they would do me the
honour to present my most humble respects
to the emperor their master, the renown of
whose virtues had so justly filled the whole
world with admiration, and whose royal
person I resolved to attend, before I
returned to my own country. Accordingly, the
next time I had the honour to see our
emperor, I desired his general license to
wait on the Blefuscudian monarch, which he
was pleased to grant me, as I could
perceive, in a very cold manner; but could
not guess the reason, till I had a whisper
from a certain person, “that Flimnap and
Bolgolam had represented my intercourse
with those ambassadors as a mark of
disaffection;” from which I am sure my heart
was wholly free. And this was the first time I
began to conceive some imperfect idea of
courts and ministers.

It is to be observed, that these
ambassadors spoke to me, by an
interpreter, the languages of both empires
differing as much from each other as any
two in Europe, and each nation priding itself
upon the antiquity, beauty, and energy of
their own tongue, with an avowed contempt
for that of their neighbour; yet our emperor,
standing upon the advantage he had got by
the seizure of their fleet, obliged them to
deliver their credentials, and make their
speech, in the Lilliputian tongue. And it must
be confessed, that from the great
intercourse of trade and commerce
between both realms, from the continual

-25-

reception of exiles which is mutual among
them, and from the custom, in each empire,
to send their young nobility and richer gentry
to the other, in order to polish themselves by
seeing the world, and understanding men
and manners; there are few persons of
distinction, or merchants, or seamen, who
dwell in the maritime parts, but what can
hold conversation in both tongues; as I
found some weeks after, when I went to pay
my respects to the emperor of Blefuscu,
which, in the midst of great misfortunes,
through the malice of my enemies, proved a
very happy adventure to me, as I shall relate
in its proper place.

The reader may remember, that when I
signed those articles upon which I
recovered my liberty, there were some
which I disliked, upon account of their being
too servile; neither could anything but an
extreme necessity have forced me to
submit. But being now a nardac of the
highest rank in that empire, such offices
were looked upon as below my dignity, and
the emperor (to do him justice), never once
mentioned them to me. However, it was not
long before I had an opportunity of doing his
majesty, at least as I then thought, a most
signal service. I was alarmed at midnight
with the cries of many hundred people at my
door; by which, being suddenly awaked, I
was in some kind of terror. I heard the word
Burglum repeated incessantly: several of
the emperor’s court, making their way
through the crowd, entreated me to come
immediately to the palace, where her
imperial majesty’s apartment was on fire,
by the carelessness of a maid of honour,
who fell asleep while she was reading a
romance. I got up in an instant; and orders
being given to clear the way before me, and
it being likewise a moonshine night, I made
a shift to get to the palace without trampling
on any of the people. I found they had
already applied ladders to the walls of the

apartment, and were well provided with
buckets, but the water was at some
distance. These buckets were about the
size of large thimbles, and the poor people
supplied me with them as fast as they could:
but the flame was so violent that they did
little good. I might easily have stifled it with
my coat, which I unfortunately left behind me
for haste, and came away only in my
leathern jerkin. The case seemed wholly
desperate and deplorable; and this
magnificent palace would have infallibly
been burnt down to the ground, if, by a
presence of mind unusual to me, I had not
suddenly thought of an expedient. I had, the
evening before, drunk plentifully of a most
delicious wine called glimigrim, (the
Blefuscudians call it flunec, but ours is
esteemed the better sort,) which is very
diuretic. By the luckiest chance in the world,
I had not discharged myself of any part of it.
The heat I had contracted by coming very
near the flames, and by labouring to quench
them, made the wine begin to operate by
urine; which I voided in such a quantity, and
applied so well to the proper places, that in
three minutes the fire was wholly
extinguished, and the rest of that noble pile,
which had cost so many ages in erecting,
preserved from destruction.

It was now day-light, and I returned to my
house without waiting to congratulate with
the emperor: because, although I had done
a very eminent piece of service, yet I could
not tell how his majesty might resent the
manner by which I had performed it: for, by
the fundamental laws of the realm, it is
capital in any person, of what quality
soever, to make water within the precincts
of the palace. But I was a little comforted by
a message from his majesty, “that he would
give orders to the grand justiciary for
passing my pardon in form:” which,
however, I could not obtain; and I was
privately assured, “that the empress,

-26-

conceiving the greatest abhorrence of what
I had done, removed to the most distant
side of the court, firmly resolved that those
buildings should never be repaired for her
use: and, in the presence of her chief
confidents could not forbear vowing
revenge.”

CHAPTER VI.

[Of the inhabitants of Lilliput; their learning,
laws, and customs; the manner of
educating their children. The author’s way
of living in that country. His vindication of a
great lady.]

Although I intend to leave the description of
this empire to a particular treatise, yet, in
the mean time, I am content to gratify the
curious reader with some general ideas. As
the common size of the natives is
somewhat under six inches high, so there is
an exact proportion in all other animals, as
well as plants and trees: for instance, the
tallest horses and oxen are between four
and five inches in height, the sheep an inch
and half, more or less: their geese about the
bigness of a sparrow, and so the several
gradations downwards till you come to the
smallest, which to my sight, were almost
invisible; but nature has adapted the eyes of
the Lilliputians to all objects proper for their
view: they see with great exactness, but at
no great distance. And, to show the
sharpness of their sight towards objects
that are near, I have been much pleased
with observing a cook pulling a lark, which
was not so large as a common fly; and a
young girl threading an invisible needle with
invisible silk. Their tallest trees are about
seven feet high: I mean some of those in the
great royal park, the tops whereof I could
but just reach with my fist clenched. The
other vegetables are in the same
proportion; but this I leave to the reader’s
imagination.

I shall say but little at present of their
learning, which, for many ages, has
flourished in all its branches among them:
but their manner of writing is very peculiar,
being neither from the left to the right, like
the Europeans, nor from the right to the left,
like the Arabians, nor from up to down, like
the Chinese, but aslant, from one corner of
the paper to the other, like ladies in
England.

They bury their dead with their heads
directly downward, because they hold an
opinion, that in eleven thousand moons they
are all to rise again; in which period the
earth (which they conceive to be flat) will
turn upside down, and by this means they
shall, at their resurrection, be found ready
standing on their feet. The learned among
them confess the absurdity of this doctrine;
but the practice still continues, in
compliance to the vulgar.

There are some laws and customs in this
empire very peculiar; and if they were not so
directly contrary to those of my own dear
country, I should be tempted to say a little in
their justification. It is only to be wished they
were as well executed. The first I shall
mention, relates to informers. All crimes
against the state, are punished here with
the utmost severity; but, if the person
accused makes his innocence plainly to
appear upon his trial, the accuser is
immediately put to an ignominious death;
and out of his goods or lands the innocent
person is quadruply recompensed for the
loss of his time, for the danger he
underwent, for the hardship of his
imprisonment, and for all the charges he
has been at in making his defence; or, if
that fund be deficient, it is largely supplied
by the crown. The emperor also confers on
him some public mark of his favour, and
proclamation is made of his innocence
through the whole city.

-27-

They look upon fraud as a greater crime
than theft, and therefore seldom fail to
punish it with death; for they allege, that
care and vigilance, with a very common
understanding, may preserve a man’s
goods from thieves, but honesty has no
defence against superior cunning; and,
since it is necessary that there should be a
perpetual intercourse of buying and selling,
and dealing upon credit, where fraud is
permitted and connived at, or has no law to
punish it, the honest dealer is always
undone, and the knave gets the advantage. I
remember, when I was once interceding
with the emperor for a criminal who had
wronged his master of a great sum of
money, which he had received by order and
ran away with; and happening to tell his
majesty, by way of extenuation, that it was
only a breach of trust, the emperor thought it
monstrous in me to offer as a defence the
greatest aggravation of the crime; and truly I
had little to say in return, farther than the
common answer, that different nations had
different customs; for, I confess, I was
heartily ashamed. {2}

Although we usually call reward and
punishment the two hinges upon which all
government turns, yet I could never observe
this maxim to be put in practice by any
nation except that of Lilliput. Whoever can
there bring sufficient proof, that he has
strictly observed the laws of his country for
seventy-three moons, has a claim to certain
privileges, according to his quality or
condition of life, with a proportionable sum
of money out of a fund appropriated for that
use: he likewise acquires the title of snilpall,
or legal, which is added to his name, but
does not descend to his posterity. And
these people thought it a prodigious defect
of policy among us, when I told them that our
laws were enforced only by penalties,
without any mention of reward. It is upon this
account that the image of Justice, in their

courts of judicature, is formed with six
eyes, two before, as many behind, and on
each side one, to signify circumspection;
with a bag of gold open in her right hand,
and a sword sheathed in her left, to show
she is more disposed to reward than to
punish.

In choosing persons for all employments,
they have more regard to good morals than
to great abilities; for, since government is
necessary to mankind, they believe, that the
common size of human understanding is
fitted to some station or other; and that
Providence never intended to make the
management of public affairs a mystery to
be comprehended only by a few persons of
sublime genius, of which there seldom are
three born in an age: but they suppose truth,
justice, temperance, and the like, to be in
every man’s power; the practice of which
virtues, assisted by experience and a good
intention, would qualify any man for the
service of his country, except where a
course of study is required. But they thought
the want of moral virtues was so far from
being supplied by superior endowments of
the mind, that employments could never be
put into such dangerous hands as those of
persons so qualified; and, at least, that the
mistakes committed by ignorance, in a
virtuous disposition, would never be of such
fatal consequence to the public weal, as the
practices of a man, whose inclinations led
him to be corrupt, and who had great
abilities to manage, to multiply, and defend
his corruptions.

In like manner, the disbelief of a Divine
Providence renders a man incapable of
holding any public station; for, since kings
avow themselves to be the deputies of
Providence, the Lilliputians think nothing
can be more absurd than for a prince to
employ such men as disown the authority
under which he acts.

-28-

In relating these and the following laws, I
would only be understood to mean the
original institutions, and not the most
scandalous corruptions, into which these
people are fallen by the degenerate nature
of man. For, as to that infamous practice of
acquiring great employments by dancing on
the ropes, or badges of favour and
distinction by leaping over sticks and
creeping under them, the reader is to
observe, that they were first introduced by
the grandfather of the emperor now
reigning, and grew to the present height by
the gradual increase of party and faction.

Ingratitude is among them a capital crime,
as we read it to have been in some other
countries: for they reason thus; that whoever
makes ill returns to his benefactor, must
needs be a common enemy to the rest of
mankind, from whom he has received no
obligation, and therefore such a man is not
fit to live.

Their notions relating to the duties of
parents and children differ extremely from
ours. For, since the conjunction of male and
female is founded upon the great law of
nature, in order to propagate and continue
the species, the Lilliputians will needs have
it, that men and women are joined together,
like other animals, by the motives of
concupiscence; and that their tenderness
towards their young proceeds from the like
natural principle: for which reason they will
never allow that a child is under any
obligation to his father for begetting him, or
to his mother for bringing him into the world;
which, considering the miseries of human
life, was neither a benefit in itself, nor
intended so by his parents, whose thoughts,
in their love encounters, were otherwise
employed. Upon these, and the like
reasonings, their opinion is, that parents
are the last of all others to be trusted with the
education of their own children; and

therefore they have in every town public
nurseries, where all parents, except
cottagers and labourers, are obliged to
send their infants of both sexes to be reared
and educated, when they come to the age
of twenty moons, at which time they are
supposed to have some rudiments of
docility. These schools are of several kinds,
suited to different qualities, and both sexes.
They have certain professors well skilled in
preparing children for such a condition of
life as befits the rank of their parents, and
their own capacities, as well as inclinations.
I shall first say something of the male
nurseries, and then of the female.

The nurseries for males of noble or eminent
birth, are provided with grave and learned
professors, and their several deputies. The
clothes and food of the children are plain
and simple. They are bred up in the
principles of honour, justice, courage,
modesty, clemency, religion, and love of
their country; they are always employed in
some business, except in the times of
eating and sleeping, which are very short,
and two hours for diversions consisting of
bodily exercises. They are dressed by men
till four years of age, and then are obliged to
dress themselves, although their quality be
ever so great; and the women attendant,
who are aged proportionably to ours at fifty,
perform only the most menial offices. They
are never suffered to converse with
servants, but go together in smaller or
greater numbers to take their diversions,
and always in the presence of a professor,
or one of his deputies; whereby they avoid
those early bad impressions of folly and
vice, to which our children are subject. Their
parents are suffered to see them only twice
a year; the visit is to last but an hour; they
are allowed to kiss the child at meeting and
parting; but a professor, who always stands
by on those occasions, will not suffer them
to whisper, or use any fondling

-29-

expressions, or bring any presents of toys,
sweetmeats, and the like.

The pension from each family for the
education and entertainment of a child,
upon failure of due payment, is levied by the
emperor’s officers.

The nurseries for children of ordinary
gentlemen, merchants, traders, and
handicrafts, are managed proportionably
after the same manner; only those designed
for trades are put out apprentices at eleven
years old, whereas those of persons of
quality continue in their exercises till fifteen,
which answers to twenty-one with us: but
the confinement is gradually lessened for
the last three years.

In the female nurseries, the young girls of
quality are educated much like the males,
only they are dressed by orderly servants of
their own sex; but always in the presence of
a professor or deputy, till they come to
dress themselves, which is at five years old.
And if it be found that these nurses ever
presume to entertain the girls with frightful
or foolish stories, or the common follies
practised by chambermaids among us, they
are publicly whipped thrice about the city,
imprisoned for a year, and banished for life
to the most desolate part of the country.
Thus the young ladies are as much
ashamed of being cowards and fools as the
men, and despise all personal ornaments,
beyond decency and cleanliness: neither
did I perceive any difference in their
education made by their difference of sex,
only that the exercises of the females were
not altogether so robust; and that some
rules were given them relating to domestic
life, and a smaller compass of learning was
enjoined them: for their maxim is, that
among peoples of quality, a wife should be
always a reasonable and agreeable
companion, because she cannot always be

young. When the girls are twelve years old,
which among them is the marriageable
age, their parents or guardians take them
home, with great expressions of gratitude
to the professors, and seldom without tears
of the young lady and her companions.

In the nurseries of females of the meaner
sort, the children are instructed in all kinds
of works proper for their sex, and their
several degrees: those intended for
apprentices are dismissed at seven years
old, the rest are kept to eleven.

The meaner families who have children at
these nurseries, are obliged, besides their
annual pension, which is as low as
possible, to return to the steward of the
nursery a small monthly share of their
gettings, to be a portion for the child; and
therefore all parents are limited in their
expenses by the law. For the Lilliputians
think nothing can be more unjust, than for
people, in subservience to their own
appetites, to bring children into the world,
and leave the burthen of supporting them on
the public. As to persons of quality, they
give security to appropriate a certain sum
for each child, suitable to their condition;
and these funds are always managed with
good husbandry and the most exact justice.

The cottagers and labourers keep their
children at home, their business being only
to till and cultivate the earth, and therefore
their education is of little consequence to
the public: but the old and diseased among
them, are supported by hospitals; for
begging is a trade unknown in this empire.

And here it may, perhaps, divert the curious
reader, to give some account of my
domestics, and my manner of living in this
country, during a residence of nine months,
and thirteen days. Having a head
mechanically turned, and being likewise

-30-

forced by necessity, I had made for myself a
table and chair convenient enough, out of
the largest trees in the royal park. Two
hundred sempstresses were employed to
make me shirts, and linen for my bed and
table, all of the strongest and coarsest kind
they could get; which, however, they were
forced to quilt together in several folds, for
the thickest was some degrees finer than
lawn. Their linen is usually three inches
wide, and three feet make a piece. The
sempstresses took my measure as I lay on
the ground, one standing at my neck, and
another at my mid-leg, with a strong cord
extended, that each held by the end, while a
third measured the length of the cord with a
rule of an inch long. Then they measured my
right thumb, and desired no more; for by a
mathematical computation, that twice round
the thumb is once round the wrist, and so on
to the neck and the waist, and by the help of
my old shirt, which I displayed on the ground
before them for a pattern, they fitted me
exactly. Three hundred tailors were
employed in the same manner to make me
clothes; but they had another contrivance for
taking my measure. I kneeled down, and
they raised a ladder from the ground to my
neck; upon this ladder one of them
mounted, and let fall a plumb-line from my
collar to the floor, which just answered the
length of my coat: but my waist and arms I
measured myself. When my clothes were
finished, which was done in my house (for
the largest of theirs would not have been
able to hold them), they looked like the
patch-work made by the ladies in England,
only that mine were all of a colour.

I had three hundred cooks to dress my
victuals, in little convenient huts built about
my house, where they and their families
lived, and prepared me two dishes a-
piece. I took up twenty waiters in my hand,
and placed them on the table: a hundred
more attended below on the ground, some

with dishes of meat, and some with barrels
of wine and other liquors slung on their
shoulders; all which the waiters above drew
up, as I wanted, in a very ingenious manner,
by certain cords, as we draw the bucket up
a well in Europe. A dish of their meat was a
good mouthful, and a barrel of their liquor a
reasonable draught. Their mutton yields to
ours, but their beef is excellent. I have had a
sirloin so large, that I have been forced to
make three bites of it; but this is rare. My
servants were astonished to see me eat it,
bones and all, as in our country we do the
leg of a lark. Their geese and turkeys I
usually ate at a mouthful, and I confess they
far exceed ours. Of their smaller fowl I could
take up twenty or thirty at the end of my
knife.

One day his imperial majesty, being
informed of my way of living, desired “that
himself and his royal consort, with the young
princes of the blood of both sexes, might
have the happiness,” as he was pleased to
call it, “of dining with me.” They came
accordingly, and I placed them in chairs of
state, upon my table, just over against me,
with their guards about them. Flimnap, the
lord high treasurer, attended there likewise
with his white staff; and I observed he often
looked on me with a sour countenance,
which I would not seem to regard, but ate
more than usual, in honour to my dear
country, as well as to fill the court with
admiration. I have some private reasons to
believe, that this visit from his majesty gave
Flimnap an opportunity of doing me ill
offices to his master. That minister had
always been my secret enemy, though he
outwardly caressed me more than was
usual to the moroseness of his nature. He
represented to the emperor “the low
condition of his treasury; that he was forced
to take up money at a great discount; that
exchequer bills would not circulate under
nine per cent. below par; that I had cost his

-31-

majesty above a million and a half of
sprugs” (their greatest gold coin, about the
bigness of a spangle) “and, upon the whole,
that it would be advisable in the emperor to
take the first fair occasion of dismissing
me.”

I am here obliged to vindicate the reputation
of an excellent lady, who was an innocent
sufferer upon my account. The treasurer
took a fancy to be jealous of his wife, from
the malice of some evil tongues, who
informed him that her grace had taken a
violent affection for my person; and the
court scandal ran for some time, that she
once came privately to my lodging. This I
solemnly declare to be a most infamous
falsehood, without any grounds, further than
that her grace was pleased to treat me with
all innocent marks of freedom and
friendship. I own she came often to my
house, but always publicly, nor ever without
three more in the coach, who were usually
her sister and young daughter, and some
particular acquaintance; but this was
common to many other ladies of the court.
And I still appeal to my servants round,
whether they at any time saw a coach at my
door, without knowing what persons were
in it. On those occasions, when a servant
had given me notice, my custom was to go
immediately to the door, and, after paying
my respects, to take up the coach and two
horses very carefully in my hands (for, if
there were six horses, the postillion always
unharnessed four,) and place them on a
table, where I had fixed a movable rim quite
round, of five inches high, to prevent
accidents. And I have often had four
coaches and horses at once on my table,
full of company, while I sat in my chair,
leaning my face towards them; and when I
was engaged with one set, the coachmen
would gently drive the others round my table.
I have passed many an afternoon very
agreeably in these conversations. But I defy

the treasurer, or his two informers (I will
name them, and let them make the best of
it) Clustril and Drunlo, to prove that any
person ever came to me incognito, except
the secretary Reldresal, who was sent by
express command of his imperial majesty,
as I have before related. I should not have
dwelt so long upon this particular, if it had
not been a point wherein the reputation of a
great lady is so nearly concerned, to say
nothing of my own; though I then had the
honour to be a nardac, which the treasurer
himself is not; for all the world knows, that
he is only a glumglum, a title inferior by one
degree, as that of a marquis is to a duke in
England; yet I allow he preceded me in right
of his post. These false informations, which
I afterwards came to the knowledge of by
an accident not proper to mention, made
the treasurer show his lady for some time an
ill countenance, and me a worse; and
although he was at last undeceived and
reconciled to her, yet I lost all credit with
him, and found my interest decline very fast
with the emperor himself, who was, indeed,
too much governed by that favourite.

CHAPTER VII.

[The author, being informed of a design to
accuse him of high-treason, makes his
escape to Blefuscu. His reception there.]

Before I proceed to give an account of my
leaving this kingdom, it may be proper to
inform the reader of a private intrigue which
had been for two months forming against
me.

I had been hitherto, all my life, a stranger to
courts, for which I was unqualified by the
meanness of my condition. I had indeed
heard and read enough of the dispositions
of great princes and ministers, but never
expected to have found such terrible effects
of them, in so remote a country, governed,

-32-

as I thought, by very different maxims from
those in Europe.

When I was just preparing to pay my
attendance on the emperor of Blefuscu, a
considerable person at court (to whom I had
been very serviceable, at a time when he lay
under the highest displeasure of his
imperial majesty) came to my house very
privately at night, in a close chair, and,
without sending his name, desired
admittance. The chairmen were dismissed;
I put the chair, with his lordship in it, into my
coat-pocket: and, giving orders to a trusty
servant, to say I was indisposed and gone
to sleep, I fastened the door of my house,
placed the chair on the table, according to
my usual custom, and sat down by it. After
the common salutations were over,
observing his lordship’s countenance full of
concern, and inquiring into the reason, he
desired “I would hear him with patience, in a
matter that highly concerned my honour and
my life.” His speech was to the following
effect, for I took notes of it as soon as he left
me:

“You are to know,” said he, “that several
committees of council have been lately
called, in the most private manner, on your
account; and it is but two days since his
majesty came to a full resolution.

“You are very sensible that Skyresh
Bolgolam” (galbet, or high-admiral) “has
been your mortal enemy, almost ever since
your arrival. His original reasons I know not;
but his hatred is increased since your great
success against Blefuscu, by which his
glory as admiral is much obscured. This
lord, in conjunction with Flimnap the high-
treasurer, whose enmity against you is
notorious on account of his lady, Limtoc the
general, Lalcon the chamberlain, and
Balmuff the grand justiciary, have prepared
articles of impeachment against you, for

treason and other capital crimes.”

This preface made me so impatient, being
conscious of my own merits and innocence,
that I was going to interrupt him; when he
entreated me to be silent, and thus
proceeded:

“Out of gratitude for the favours you have
done me, I procured information of the
whole proceedings, and a copy of the
articles; wherein I venture my head for your
service.

“‘Articles of Impeachment against
QUINBUS FLESTRIN, (the Man-Mountain.)


ARTICLE I.
“‘Whereas, by a statute made in the reign of
his imperial majesty Calin Deffar Plune, it
is enacted, that, whoever shall make water
within the precincts of the royal palace, shall
be liable to the pains and penalties of high-
treason; notwithstanding, the said Quinbus
Flestrin, in open breach of the said law,
under colour of extinguishing the fire kindled
in the apartment of his majesty’s most dear
imperial consort, did maliciously,
traitorously, and devilishly, by discharge of
his urine, put out the said fire kindled in the
said apartment, lying and being within the
precincts of the said royal palace, against
the statute in that case provided, etc.
against the duty, etc.
ARTICLE II.
“‘That the said Quinbus Flestrin, having
brought the imperial fleet of Blefuscu into
the royal port, and being afterwards
commanded by his imperial majesty to
seize all the other ships of the said empire
of Blefuscu, and reduce that empire to a
province, to be governed by a viceroy from
hence, and to destroy and put to death, not
only all the Big-endian exiles, but likewise
all the people of that empire who would not

-33-

immediately forsake the Big-endian
heresy, he, the said Flestrin, like a false
traitor against his most auspicious, serene,
imperial majesty, did petition to be excused
from the said service, upon pretence of
unwillingness to force the consciences, or
destroy the liberties and lives of an innocent
people.
ARTICLE III.
“‘That, whereas certain ambassadors
arrived from the Court of Blefuscu, to sue
for peace in his majesty’s court, he, the
said Flestrin, did, like a false traitor, aid,
abet, comfort, and divert, the said
ambassadors, although he knew them to be
servants to a prince who was lately an open
enemy to his imperial majesty, and in an
open war against his said majesty.
ARTICLE IV.
“‘That the said Quinbus Flestrin, contrary to
the duty of a faithful subject, is now
preparing to make a voyage to the court and
empire of Blefuscu, for which he has
received only verbal license from his
imperial majesty; and, under colour of the
said license, does falsely and traitorously
intend to take the said voyage, and thereby
to aid, comfort, and abet the emperor of
Blefuscu, so lately an enemy, and in open
war with his imperial majesty aforesaid.’

“There are some other articles; but these
are the most important, of which I have read
you an abstract.

“In the several debates upon this
impeachment, it must be confessed that his
majesty gave many marks of his great
lenity; often urging the services you had
done him, and endeavouring to extenuate
your crimes. The treasurer and admiral
insisted that you should be put to the most
painful and ignominious death, by setting
fire to your house at night, and the general
was to attend with twenty thousand men,
armed with poisoned arrows, to shoot you

on the face and hands. Some of your
servants were to have private orders to
strew a poisonous juice on your shirts and
sheets, which would soon make you tear
your own flesh, and die in the utmost torture.
The general came into the same opinion; so
that for a long time there was a majority
against you; but his majesty resolving, if
possible, to spare your life, at last brought
off the chamberlain.

“Upon this incident, Reldresal, principal
secretary for private affairs, who always
approved himself your true friend, was
commanded by the emperor to deliver his
opinion, which he accordingly did; and
therein justified the good thoughts you have
of him. He allowed your crimes to be great,
but that still there was room for mercy, the
most commendable virtue in a prince, and
for which his majesty was so justly
celebrated. He said, the friendship
between you and him was so well known to
the world, that perhaps the most honourable
board might think him partial; however, in
obedience to the command he had
received, he would freely offer his
sentiments. That if his majesty, in
consideration of your services, and
pursuant to his own merciful disposition,
would please to spare your life, and only
give orders to put out both your eyes, he
humbly conceived, that by this expedient
justice might in some measure be
satisfied, and all the world would applaud
the lenity of the emperor, as well as the fair
and generous proceedings of those who
have the honour to be his counsellors. That
the loss of your eyes would be no
impediment to your bodily strength, by
which you might still be useful to his
majesty; that blindness is an addition to
courage, by concealing dangers from us;
that the fear you had for your eyes, was the
greatest difficulty in bringing over the
enemy’s fleet, and it would be sufficient for

-34-

you to see by the eyes of the ministers,
since the greatest princes do no more.

“This proposal was received with the utmost
disapprobation by the whole board.
Bolgolam, the admiral, could not preserve
his temper, but, rising up in fury, said, he
wondered how the secretary durst presume
to give his opinion for preserving the life of a
traitor; that the services you had performed
were, by all true reasons of state, the great
aggravation of your crimes; that you, who
were able to extinguish the fire by discharge
of urine in her majesty’s apartment (which
he mentioned with horror), might, at another
time, raise an inundation by the same
means, to drown the whole palace; and the
same strength which enabled you to bring
over the enemy’s fleet, might serve, upon
the first discontent, to carry it back; that he
had good reasons to think you were a Big-
endian in your heart; and, as treason begins
in the heart, before it appears in overt-acts,
so he accused you as a traitor on that
account, and therefore insisted you should
be put to death.

“The treasurer was of the same opinion: he
showed to what straits his majesty’s
revenue was reduced, by the charge of
maintaining you, which would soon grow
insupportable; that the secretary’s
expedient of putting out your eyes, was so
far from being a remedy against this evil,
that it would probably increase it, as is
manifest from the common practice of
blinding some kind of fowls, after which
they fed the faster, and grew sooner fat;
that his sacred majesty and the council,
who are your judges, were, in their own
consciences, fully convinced of your guilt,
which was a sufficient argument to
condemn you to death, without the formal
proofs required by the strict letter of the law.

“But his imperial majesty, fully determined

against capital punishment, was graciously
pleased to say, that since the council
thought the loss of your eyes too easy a
censure, some other way may be inflicted
hereafter. And your friend the secretary,
humbly desiring to be heard again, in
answer to what the treasurer had objected,
concerning the great charge his majesty
was at in maintaining you, said, that his
excellency, who had the sole disposal of the
emperor’s revenue, might easily provide
against that evil, by gradually lessening your
establishment; by which, for want of
sufficient for you would grow weak and
faint, and lose your appetite, and
consequently, decay, and consume in a few
months; neither would the stench of your
carcass be then so dangerous, when it
should become more than half diminished;
and immediately upon your death five or six
thousand of his majesty’s subjects might,
in two or three days, cut your flesh from your
bones, take it away by cart-loads, and bury
it in distant parts, to prevent infection,
leaving the skeleton as a monument of
admiration to posterity.

“Thus, by the great friendship of the
secretary, the whole affair was
compromised. It was strictly enjoined, that
the project of starving you by degrees
should be kept a secret; but the sentence of
putting out your eyes was entered on the
books; none dissenting, except Bolgolam
the admiral, who, being a creature of the
empress, was perpetually instigated by her
majesty to insist upon your death, she
having borne perpetual malice against you,
on account of that infamous and illegal
method you took to extinguish the fire in her
apartment.

“In three days your friend the secretary will
be directed to come to your house, and
read before you the articles of
impeachment; and then to signify the great

-35-

lenity and favour of his majesty and council,
whereby you are only condemned to the
loss of your eyes, which his majesty does
not question you will gratefully and humbly
submit to; and twenty of his majesty’s
surgeons will attend, in order to see the
operation well performed, by discharging
very sharp-pointed arrows into the balls of
your eyes, as you lie on the ground.

“I leave to your prudence what measures
you will take; and to avoid suspicion, I must
immediately return in as private a manner
as I came.”

His lordship did so; and I remained alone,
under many doubts and perplexities of
mind.

It was a custom introduced by this prince
and his ministry (very different, as I have
been assured, from the practice of former
times,) that after the court had decreed any
cruel execution, either to gratify the
monarch’s resentment, or the malice of a
favourite, the emperor always made a
speech to his whole council, expressing his
great lenity and tenderness, as qualities
known and confessed by all the world. This
speech was immediately published
throughout the kingdom; nor did any thing
terrify the people so much as those
encomiums on his majesty’s mercy;
because it was observed, that the more
these praises were enlarged and insisted
on, the more inhuman was the punishment,
and the sufferer more innocent. Yet, as to
myself, I must confess, having never been
designed for a courtier, either by my birth or
education, I was so ill a judge of things, that
I could not discover the lenity and favour of
this sentence, but conceived it (perhaps
erroneously) rather to be rigorous than
gentle. I sometimes thought of standing my
trial, for, although I could not deny the facts
alleged in the several articles, yet I hoped

they would admit of some extenuation. But
having in my life perused many state-trials,
which I ever observed to terminate as the
judges thought fit to direct, I durst not rely on
so dangerous a decision, in so critical a
juncture, and against such powerful
enemies. Once I was strongly bent upon
resistance, for, while I had liberty the whole
strength of that empire could hardly subdue
me, and I might easily with stones pelt the
metropolis to pieces; but I soon rejected
that project with horror, by remembering the
oath I had made to the emperor, the favours
I received from him, and the high title of
nardac he conferred upon me. Neither had I
so soon learned the gratitude of courtiers,
to persuade myself, that his majesty’s
present seventies acquitted me of all past
obligations.

At last, I fixed upon a resolution, for which it
is probable I may incur some censure, and
not unjustly; for I confess I owe the
preserving of mine eyes, and consequently
my liberty, to my own great rashness and
want of experience; because, if I had then
known the nature of princes and ministers,
which I have since observed in many other
courts, and their methods of treating
criminals less obnoxious than myself, I
should, with great alacrity and readiness,
have submitted to so easy a punishment.
But hurried on by the precipitancy of youth,
and having his imperial majesty’s license to
pay my attendance upon the emperor of
Blefuscu, I took this opportunity, before the
three days were elapsed, to send a letter to
my friend the secretary, signifying my
resolution of setting out that morning for
Blefuscu, pursuant to the leave I had got;
and, without waiting for an answer, I went to
that side of the island where our fleet lay. I
seized a large man of war, tied a cable to
the prow, and, lifting up the anchors, I
stripped myself, put my clothes (together
with my coverlet, which I carried under my

-36-

arm) into the vessel, and, drawing it after
me, between wading and swimming
arrived at the royal port of Blefuscu, where
the people had long expected me: they lent
me two guides to direct me to the capital
city, which is of the same name. I held them
in my hands, till I came within two hundred
yards of the gate, and desired them “to
signify my arrival to one of the secretaries,
and let him know, I there waited his
majesty’s command.” I had an answer in
about an hour, “that his majesty, attended
by the royal family, and great officers of the
court, was coming out to receive me.” I
advanced a hundred yards. The emperor
and his train alighted from their horses, the
empress and ladies from their coaches,
and I did not perceive they were in any fright
or concern. I lay on the ground to kiss his
majesty’s and the empress’s hands. I told
his majesty, “that I was come according to
my promise, and with the license of the
emperor my master, to have the honour of
seeing so mighty a monarch, and to offer
him any service in my power, consistent
with my duty to my own prince;” not
mentioning a word of my disgrace,
because I had hitherto no regular
information of it, and might suppose myself
wholly ignorant of any such design; neither
could I reasonably conceive that the
emperor would discover the secret, while I
was out of his power; wherein, however, it
soon appeared I was deceived.

I shall not trouble the reader with the
particular account of my reception at this
court, which was suitable to the generosity
of so great a prince; nor of the difficulties I
was in for want of a house and bed, being
forced to lie on the ground, wrapped up in
my coverlet.

CHAPTER VIII.

[The author, by a lucky accident, finds

means to leave Blefuscu; and, after some
difficulties, returns safe to his native
country.]

Three days after my arrival, walking out of
curiosity to the north-east coast of the
island, I observed, about half a league off in
the sea, somewhat that looked like a boat
overturned. I pulled off my shoes and
stockings, and, wailing two or three
hundred yards, I found the object to
approach nearer by force of the tide; and
then plainly saw it to be a real boat, which I
supposed might by some tempest have
been driven from a ship. Whereupon, I
returned immediately towards the city, and
desired his imperial majesty to lend me
twenty of the tallest vessels he had left, after
the loss of his fleet, and three thousand
seamen, under the command of his vice-
admiral. This fleet sailed round, while I went
back the shortest way to the coast, where I
first discovered the boat. I found the tide
had driven it still nearer. The seamen were
all provided with cordage, which I had
beforehand twisted to a sufficient strength.
When the ships came up, I stripped myself,
and waded till I came within a hundred yards
off the boat, after which I was forced to
swim till I got up to it. The seamen threw me
the end of the cord, which I fastened to a
hole in the fore-part of the boat, and the
other end to a man of war; but I found all my
labour to little purpose; for, being out of my
depth, I was not able to work. In this
necessity I was forced to swim behind, and
push the boat forward, as often as I could,
with one of my hands; and the tide favouring
me, I advanced so far that I could just hold
up my chin and feel the ground. I rested two
or three minutes, and then gave the boat
another shove, and so on, till the sea was no
higher than my arm-pits; and now, the most
laborious part being over, I took out my
other cables, which were stowed in one of
the ships, and fastened them first to the

-37-

boat, and then to nine of the vessels which
attended me; the wind being favourable,
the seamen towed, and I shoved, until we
arrived within forty yards of the shore; and,
waiting till the tide was out, I got dry to the
boat, and by the assistance of two thousand
men, with ropes and engines, I made a shift
to turn it on its bottom, and found it was but
little damaged.

I shall not trouble the reader with the
difficulties I was under, by the help of
certain paddles, which cost me ten days
making, to get my boat to the royal port of
Blefuscu, where a mighty concourse of
people appeared upon my arrival, full of
wonder at the sight of so prodigious a
vessel. I told the emperor “that my good
fortune had thrown this boat in my way, to
carry me to some place whence I might
return into my native country; and begged
his majesty’s orders for getting materials to
fit it up, together with his license to depart;”
which, after some kind expostulations, he
was pleased to grant.

I did very much wonder, in all this time, not to
have heard of any express relating to me
from our emperor to the court of Blefuscu.
But I was afterward given privately to
understand, that his imperial majesty, never
imagining I had the least notice of his
designs, believed I was only gone to
Blefuscu in performance of my promise,
according to the license he had given me,
which was well known at our court, and
would return in a few days, when the
ceremony was ended. But he was at last in
pain at my long absence; and after
consulting with the treasurer and the rest of
that cabal, a person of quality was
dispatched with the copy of the articles
against me. This envoy had instructions to
represent to the monarch of Blefuscu, “the
great lenity of his master, who was content
to punish me no farther than with the loss of

mine eyes; that I had fled from justice; and
if I did not return in two hours, I should be
deprived of my title of nardac, and declared
a traitor.” The envoy further added, “that in
order to maintain the peace and amity
between both empires, his master
expected that his brother of Blefuscu would
give orders to have me sent back to Lilliput,
bound hand and foot, to be punished as a
traitor.”

The emperor of Blefuscu, having taken
three days to consult, returned an answer
consisting of many civilities and excuses.
He said, “that as for sending me bound, his
brother knew it was impossible; that,
although I had deprived him of his fleet, yet
he owed great obligations to me for many
good offices I had done him in making the
peace. That, however, both their majesties
would soon be made easy; for I had found a
prodigious vessel on the shore, able to
carry me on the sea, which he had given
orders to fit up, with my own assistance and
direction; and he hoped, in a few weeks,
both empires would be freed from so
insupportable an encumbrance.”

With this answer the envoy returned to
Lilliput; and the monarch of Blefuscu related
to me all that had passed; offering me at the
same time (but under the strictest
confidence) his gracious protection, if I
would continue in his service; wherein,
although I believed him sincere, yet I
resolved never more to put any confidence
in princes or ministers, where I could
possibly avoid it; and therefore, with all due
acknowledgments for his favourable
intentions, I humbly begged to be excused. I
told him, “that since fortune, whether good
or evil, had thrown a vessel in my way, I was
resolved to venture myself on the ocean,
rather than be an occasion of difference
between two such mighty monarchs.”
Neither did I find the emperor at all

-38-

displeased; and I discovered, by a certain
accident, that he was very glad of my
resolution, and so were most of his
ministers.

These considerations moved me to hasten
my departure somewhat sooner than I
intended; to which the court, impatient to
have me gone, very readily contributed.
Five hundred workmen were employed to
make two sails to my boat, according to my
directions, by quilting thirteen folds of their
strongest linen together. I was at the pains
of making ropes and cables, by twisting
ten, twenty, or thirty of the thickest and
strongest of theirs. A great stone that I
happened to find, after a long search, by the
sea-shore, served me for an anchor. I had
the tallow of three hundred cows, for
greasing my boat, and other uses. I was at
incredible pains in cutting down some of the
largest timber-trees, for oars and masts,
wherein I was, however, much assisted by
his majesty’s ship-carpenters, who helped
me in smoothing them, after I had done the
rough work.

In about a month, when all was prepared, I
sent to receive his majesty’s commands,
and to take my leave. The emperor and
royal family came out of the palace; I lay
down on my face to kiss his hand, which he
very graciously gave me: so did the
empress and young princes of the blood.
His majesty presented me with fifty purses
of two hundred sprugs a-piece, together
with his picture at full length, which I put
immediately into one of my gloves, to keep
it from being hurt. The ceremonies at my
departure were too many to trouble the
reader with at this time.

I stored the boat with the carcases of a
hundred oxen, and three hundred sheep,
with bread and drink proportionable, and as
much meat ready dressed as four hundred

cooks could provide. I took with me six
cows and two bulls alive, with as many
ewes and rams, intending to carry them into
my own country, and propagate the breed.
And to feed them on board, I had a good
bundle of hay, and a bag of corn. I would
gladly have taken a dozen of the natives, but
this was a thing the emperor would by no
means permit; and, besides a diligent
search into my pockets, his majesty
engaged my honour “not to carry away any
of his subjects, although with their own
consent and desire.”

Having thus prepared all things as well as I
was able, I set sail on the twenty-fourth day
of September 1701, at six in the morning; and
when I had gone about four-leagues to the
northward, the wind being at south-east, at
six in the evening I descried a small island,
about half a league to the north-west. I
advanced forward, and cast anchor on the
lee-side of the island, which seemed to be
uninhabited. I then took some refreshment,
and went to my rest. I slept well, and as I
conjectured at least six hours, for I found the
day broke in two hours after I awaked. It
was a clear night. I ate my breakfast before
the sun was up; and heaving anchor, the
wind being favourable, I steered the same
course that I had done the day before,
wherein I was directed by my pocket
compass. My intention was to reach, if
possible, one of those islands. which I had
reason to believe lay to the north-east of
Van Diemen’s Land. I discovered nothing
all that day; but upon the next, about three in
the afternoon, when I had by my
computation made twenty-four leagues
from Blefuscu, I descried a sail steering to
the south-east; my course was due east. I
hailed her, but could get no answer; yet I
found I gained upon her, for the wind
slackened. I made all the sail I could, and in
half an hour she spied me, then hung out her
ancient, and discharged a gun. It is not easy

-39-

to express the joy I was in, upon the
unexpected hope of once more seeing my
beloved country, and the dear pledges I left
in it. The ship slackened her sails, and I
came up with her between five and six in the
evening, September 26th; but my heart
leaped within me to see her English colours.
I put my cows and sheep into my coat-
pockets, and got on board with all my little
cargo of provisions. The vessel was an
English merchantman, returning from Japan
by the North and South seas; the captain,
Mr. John Biddel, of Deptford, a very civil
man, and an excellent sailor.

We were now in the latitude of 30 degrees
south; there were about fifty men in the ship;
and here I met an old comrade of mine, one
Peter Williams, who gave me a good
character to the captain. This gentleman
treated me with kindness, and desired I
would let him know what place I came from
last, and whither I was bound; which I did in
a few words, but he thought I was raving,
and that the dangers I underwent had
disturbed my head; whereupon I took my
black cattle and sheep out of my pocket,
which, after great astonishment, clearly
convinced him of my veracity. I then showed
him the gold given me by the emperor of
Blefuscu, together with his majesty’s
picture at full length, and some other rarities
of that country. I gave him two purses of two
hundreds sprugs each, and promised,
when we arrived in England, to make him a
present of a cow and a sheep big with
young.

I shall not trouble the reader with a particular
account of this voyage, which was very
prosperous for the most part. We arrived in
the Downs on the 13th of April, 1702. I had only
one misfortune, that the rats on board
carried away one of my sheep; I found her
bones in a hole, picked clean from the flesh.
The rest of my cattle I got safe ashore, and

set them a-grazing in a bowling-green at
Greenwich, where the fineness of the grass
made them feed very heartily, though I had
always feared the contrary: neither could I
possibly have preserved them in so long a
voyage, if the captain had not allowed me
some of his best biscuit, which, rubbed to
powder, and mingled with water, was their
constant food. The short time I continued in
England, I made a considerable profit by
showing my cattle to many persons of
quality and others: and before I began my
second voyage, I sold them for six hundred
pounds. Since my last return I find the breed
is considerably increased, especially the
sheep, which I hope will prove much to the
advantage of the woollen manufacture, by
the fineness of the fleeces.

I stayed but two months with my wife and
family, for my insatiable desire of seeing
foreign countries, would suffer me to
continue no longer. I left fifteen hundred
pounds with my wife, and fixed her in a
good house at Redriff. My remaining stock I
carried with me, part in money and part in
goods, in hopes to improve my fortunes. My
eldest uncle John had left me an estate in
land, near Epping, of about thirty pounds a-
year; and I had a long lease of the Black Bull
in Fetter-Lane, which yielded me as much
more; so that I was not in any danger of
leaving my family upon the parish. My son
Johnny, named so after his uncle, was at
the grammar-school, and a towardly child.
My daughter Betty (who is now well
married, and has children) was then at her
needle-work. I took leave of my wife, and
boy and girl, with tears on both sides, and
went on board the Adventure, a merchant
ship of three hundred tons, bound for Surat,
captain John Nicholas, of Liverpool,
commander. But my account of this voyage
must be referred to the Second Part of my
Travels.

-40-

PART II. A VOYAGE TO BROBDINGNAG.

CHAPTER I.

[A great storm described; the long boat sent
to fetch water; the author goes with it to
discover the country. He is left on shore, is
seized by one of the natives, and carried to
a farmer’s house. His reception, with
several accidents that happened there. A
description of the inhabitants.]

Having been condemned, by nature and
fortune, to active and restless life, in two
months after my return, I again left my native
country, and took shipping in the Downs, on
the 20th day of June, 1702, in the Adventure,
Captain John Nicholas, a Cornish man,
commander, bound for Surat. We had a very
prosperous gale, till we arrived at the Cape
of Good Hope, where we landed for fresh
water; but discovering a leak, we
unshipped our goods and wintered there;
for the captain falling sick of an ague, we
could not leave the Cape till the end of
March. We then set sail, and had a good
voyage till we passed the Straits of
Madagascar; but having got northward of
that island, and to about five degrees south
latitude, the winds, which in those seas are
observed to blow a constant equal gale
between the north and west, from the
beginning of December to the beginning of
May, on the 19th of April began to blow with
much greater violence, and more westerly
than usual, continuing so for twenty days
together: during which time, we were driven
a little to the east of the Molucca Islands,
and about three degrees northward of the
line, as our captain found by an observation
he took the 2nd of May, at which time the
wind ceased, and it was a perfect calm,
whereat I was not a little rejoiced. But he,
being a man well experienced in the
navigation of those seas, bid us all prepare
against a storm, which accordingly

happened the day following: for the
southern wind, called the southern
monsoon, began to set in.

Finding it was likely to overblow, we took in
our sprit-sail, and stood by to hand the fore-
sail; but making foul weather, we looked the
guns were all fast, and handed the mizen.
The ship lay very broad off, so we thought it
better spooning before the sea, than trying
or hulling. We reefed the fore-sail and set
him, and hauled aft the fore-sheet; the helm
was hard a-weather. The ship wore
bravely. We belayed the fore down-haul; but
the sail was split, and we hauled down the
yard, and got the sail into the ship, and
unbound all the things clear of it. It was a
very fierce storm; the sea broke strange
and dangerous. We hauled off upon the
laniard of the whip-staff, and helped the
man at the helm. We would not get down our
topmast, but let all stand, because she
scudded before the sea very well, and we
knew that the top-mast being aloft, the ship
was the wholesomer, and made better way
through the sea, seeing we had sea-room.
When the storm was over, we set fore-sail
and main-sail, and brought the ship to. Then
we set the mizen, main-top-sail, and the
fore-top-sail. Our course was east-north-
east, the wind was at south-west. We got
the starboard tacks aboard, we cast off our
weather-braces and lifts; we set in the lee-
braces, and hauled forward by the weather-
bowlings, and hauled them tight, and
belayed them, and hauled over the mizen
tack to windward, and kept her full and by
as near as she would lie.

During this storm, which was followed by a
strong wind west-south-west, we were
carried, by my computation, about five
hundred leagues to the east, so that the
oldest sailor on board could not tell in what
part of the world we were. Our provisions
held out well, our ship was staunch, and our

-41-

crew all in good health; but we lay in the
utmost distress for water. We thought it best
to hold on the same course, rather than turn
more northerly, which might have brought us
to the north-west part of Great Tartary, and
into the Frozen Sea.

On the 16th day of June, 1703, a boy on the top-
mast discovered land. On the 17th, we came
in full view of a great island, or continent (for
we knew not whether;) on the south side
whereof was a small neck of land jutting out
into the sea, and a creek too shallow to hold
a ship of above one hundred tons. We cast
anchor within a league of this creek, and our
captain sent a dozen of his men well armed
in the long-boat, with vessels for water, if
any could be found. I desired his leave to go
with them, that I might see the country, and
make what discoveries I could. When we
came to land we saw no river or spring, nor
any sign of inhabitants. Our men therefore
wandered on the shore to find out some
fresh water near the sea, and I walked
alone about a mile on the other side, where I
observed the country all barren and rocky. I
now began to be weary, and seeing nothing
to entertain my curiosity, I returned gently
down towards the creek; and the sea being
full in my view, I saw our men already got
into the boat, and rowing for life to the ship. I
was going to holla after them, although it
had been to little purpose, when I observed
a huge creature walking after them in the
sea, as fast as he could: he waded not
much deeper than his knees, and took
prodigious strides: but our men had the start
of him half a league, and, the sea
thereabouts being full of sharp-pointed
rocks, the monster was not able to overtake
the boat. This I was afterwards told, for I
durst not stay to see the issue of the
adventure; but ran as fast as I could the way
I first went, and then climbed up a steep hill,
which gave me some prospect of the
country. I found it fully cultivated; but that

which first surprised me was the length of
the grass, which, in those grounds that
seemed to be kept for hay, was about
twenty feet high.

I fell into a high road, for so I took it to be,
though it served to the inhabitants only as a
foot-path through a field of barley. Here I
walked on for some time, but could see little
on either side, it being now near harvest,
and the corn rising at least forty feet. I was
an hour walking to the end of this field,
which was fenced in with a hedge of at least
one hundred and twenty feet high, and the
trees so lofty that I could make no
computation of their altitude. There was a
stile to pass from this field into the next. It
had four steps, and a stone to cross over
when you came to the uppermost. It was
impossible for me to climb this stile,
because every step was six-feet high, and
the upper stone about twenty. I was
endeavouring to find some gap in the
hedge, when I discovered one of the
inhabitants in the next field, advancing
towards the stile, of the same size with him
whom I saw in the sea pursuing our boat. He
appeared as tall as an ordinary spire
steeple, and took about ten yards at every
stride, as near as I could guess. I was struck
with the utmost fear and astonishment, and
ran to hide myself in the corn, whence I saw
him at the top of the stile looking back into
the next field on the right hand, and heard
him call in a voice many degrees louder than
a speaking-trumpet: but the noise was so
high in the air, that at first I certainly thought it
was thunder. Whereupon seven monsters,
like himself, came towards him with
reaping-hooks in their hands, each hook
about the largeness of six scythes. These
people were not so well clad as the first,
whose servants or labourers they seemed
to be; for, upon some words he spoke, they
went to reap the corn in the field where I lay. I
kept from them at as great a distance as I

-42-

could, but was forced to move with extreme
difficulty, for the stalks of the corn were
sometimes not above a foot distant, so that I
could hardly squeeze my body betwixt them.
However, I made a shift to go forward, till I
came to a part of the field where the corn
had been laid by the rain and wind. Here it
was impossible for me to advance a step;
for the stalks were so interwoven, that I
could not creep through, and the beards of
the fallen ears so strong and pointed, that
they pierced through my clothes into my
flesh. At the same time I heard the reapers
not a hundred yards behind me. Being quite
dispirited with toil, and wholly overcome by
grief and dispair, I lay down between two
ridges, and heartily wished I might there end
my days. I bemoaned my desolate widow
and fatherless children. I lamented my own
folly and wilfulness, in attempting a second
voyage, against the advice of all my friends
and relations. In this terrible agitation of
mind, I could not forbear thinking of Lilliput,
whose inhabitants looked upon me as the
greatest prodigy that ever appeared in the
world; where I was able to draw an imperial
fleet in my hand, and perform those other
actions, which will be recorded for ever in
the chronicles of that empire, while posterity
shall hardly believe them, although attested
by millions. I reflected what a mortification it
must prove to me, to appear as
inconsiderable in this nation, as one single
Lilliputian would be among us. But this I
conceived was to be the least of my
misfortunes; for, as human creatures are
observed to be more savage and cruel in
proportion to their bulk, what could I expect
but to be a morsel in the mouth of the first
among these enormous barbarians that
should happen to seize me? Undoubtedly
philosophers are in the right, when they tell
us that nothing is great or little otherwise
than by comparison. It might have pleased
fortune, to have let the Lilliputians find some
nation, where the people were as

diminutive with respect to them, as they
were to me. And who knows but that even
this prodigious race of mortals might be
equally overmatched in some distant part of
the world, whereof we have yet no
discovery.

Scared and confounded as I was, I could
not forbear going on with these reflections,
when one of the reapers, approaching
within ten yards of the ridge where I lay,
made me apprehend that with the next step I
should be squashed to death under his foot,
or cut in two with his reaping-hook. And
therefore, when he was again about to
move, I screamed as loud as fear could
make me: whereupon the huge creature
trod short, and, looking round about under
him for some time, at last espied me as I lay
on the ground. He considered awhile, with
the caution of one who endeavours to lay
hold on a small dangerous animal in such a
manner that it shall not be able either to
scratch or bite him, as I myself have
sometimes done with a weasel in England.
At length he ventured to take me behind, by
the middle, between his fore-finger and
thumb, and brought me within three yards of
his eyes, that he might behold my shape
more perfectly. I guessed his meaning, and
my good fortune gave me so much
presence of mind, that I resolved not to
struggle in the least as he held me in the air
above sixty feet from the ground, although
he grievously pinched my sides, for fear I
should slip through his fingers. All I ventured
was to raise mine eyes towards the sun,
and place my hands together in a
supplicating posture, and to speak some
words in a humble melancholy tone,
suitable to the condition I then was in: for I
apprehended every moment that he would
dash me against the ground, as we usually
do any little hateful animal, which we have a
mind to destroy. But my good star would
have it, that he appeared pleased with my

-43-

voice and gestures, and began to look upon
me as a curiosity, much wondering to hear
me pronounce articulate words, although he
could not understand them. In the mean time
I was not able to forbear groaning and
shedding tears, and turning my head
towards my sides; letting him know, as well
as I could, how cruelly I was hurt by the
pressure of his thumb and finger. He
seemed to apprehend my meaning; for,
lifting up the lappet of his coat, he put me
gently into it, and immediately ran along with
me to his master, who was a substantial
farmer, and the same person I had first
seen in the field.

The farmer having (as I suppose by their
talk) received such an account of me as his
servant could give him, took a piece of a
small straw, about the size of a walking-
staff, and therewith lifted up the lappets of
my coat; which it seems he thought to be
some kind of covering that nature had given
me. He blew my hairs aside to take a better
view of my face. He called his hinds about
him, and asked them, as I afterwards
learned, whether they had ever seen in the
fields any little creature that resembled me.
He then placed me softly on the ground
upon all fours, but I got immediately up, and
walked slowly backward and forward, to let
those people see I had no intent to run away.
They all sat down in a circle about me, the
better to observe my motions. I pulled off my
hat, and made a low bow towards the
farmer. I fell on my knees, and lifted up my
hands and eyes, and spoke several words
as loud as I could: I took a purse of gold out
of my pocket, and humbly presented it to
him. He received it on the palm of his hand,
then applied it close to his eye to see what it
was, and afterwards turned it several times
with the point of a pin (which he took out of
his sleeve,) but could make nothing of it.
Whereupon I made a sign that he should
place his hand on the ground. I then took the

purse, and, opening it, poured all the gold
into his palm. There were six Spanish
pieces of four pistoles each, beside twenty
or thirty smaller coins. I saw him wet the tip
of his little finger upon his tongue, and take
up one of my largest pieces, and then
another; but he seemed to be wholly
ignorant what they were. He made me a
sign to put them again into my purse, and
the purse again into my pocket, which, after
offering it to him several times, I thought it
best to do.

The farmer, by this time, was convinced I
must be a rational creature. He spoke often
to me; but the sound of his voice pierced my
ears like that of a water-mill, yet his words
were articulate enough. I answered as loud
as I could in several languages, and he
often laid his ear within two yards of me: but
all in vain, for we were wholly unintelligible
to each other. He then sent his servants to
their work, and taking his handkerchief out
of his pocket, he doubled and spread it on
his left hand, which he placed flat on the
ground with the palm upward, making me a
sign to step into it, as I could easily do, for it
was not above a foot in thickness. I thought
it my part to obey, and, for fear of falling,
laid myself at full length upon the
handkerchief, with the remainder of which
he lapped me up to the head for further
security, and in this manner carried me
home to his house. There he called his wife,
and showed me to her; but she screamed
and ran back, as women in England do at
the sight of a toad or a spider. However,
when she had a while seen my behaviour,
and how well I observed the signs her
husband made, she was soon reconciled,
and by degrees grew extremely tender of
me.

It was about twelve at noon, and a servant
brought in dinner. It was only one substantial
dish of meat (fit for the plain condition of a

-44-

husbandman,) in a dish of about four-and-
twenty feet diameter. The company were,
the farmer and his wife, three children, and
an old grandmother. When they were sat
down, the farmer placed me at some
distance from him on the table, which was
thirty feet high from the floor. I was in a
terrible fright, and kept as far as I could from
the edge, for fear of falling. The wife
minced a bit of meat, then crumbled some
bread on a trencher, and placed it before
me. I made her a low bow, took out my knife
and fork, and fell to eat, which gave them
exceeding delight. The mistress sent her
maid for a small dram cup, which held about
two gallons, and filled it with drink; I took up
the vessel with much difficulty in both hands,
and in a most respectful manner drank to
her ladyship’s health, expressing the words
as loud as I could in English, which made
the company laugh so heartily, that I was
almost deafened with the noise. This liquor
tasted like a small cider, and was not
unpleasant. Then the master made me a
sign to come to his trencher side; but as I
walked on the table, being in great surprise
all the time, as the indulgent reader will
easily conceive and excuse, I happened to
stumble against a crust, and fell flat on my
face, but received no hurt. I got up
immediately, and observing the good
people to be in much concern, I took my hat
(which I held under my arm out of good
manners,) and waving it over my head,
made three huzzas, to show I had got no
mischief by my fall. But advancing forward
towards my master (as I shall henceforth call
him,) his youngest son, who sat next to him,
an arch boy of about ten years old, took me
up by the legs, and held me so high in the
air, that I trembled every limb: but his father
snatched me from him, and at the same
time gave him such a box on the left ear, as
would have felled an European troop of
horse to the earth, ordering him to be taken
from the table. But being afraid the boy

might owe me a spite, and well
remembering how mischievous all children
among us naturally are to sparrows, rabbits,
young kittens, and puppy dogs, I fell on my
knees, and pointing to the boy, made my
master to understand, as well as I could,
that I desired his son might be pardoned.
The father complied, and the lad took his
seat again, whereupon I went to him, and
kissed his hand, which my master took, and
made him stroke me gently with it.

In the midst of dinner, my mistress’s
favourite cat leaped into her lap. I heard a
noise behind me like that of a dozen
stocking-weavers at work; and turning my
head, I found it proceeded from the purring
of that animal, who seemed to be three
times larger than an ox, as I computed by
the view of her head, and one of her paws,
while her mistress was feeding and
stroking her. The fierceness of this
creature’s countenance altogether
discomposed me; though I stood at the
farther end of the table, above fifty feet off;
and although my mistress held her fast, for
fear she might give a spring, and seize me
in her talons. But it happened there was no
danger, for the cat took not the least notice
of me when my master placed me within
three yards of her. And as I have been
always told, and found true by experience in
my travels, that flying or discovering fear
before a fierce animal, is a certain way to
make it pursue or attack you, so I resolved,
in this dangerous juncture, to show no
manner of concern. I walked with intrepidity
five or six times before the very head of the
cat, and came within half a yard of her;
whereupon she drew herself back, as if she
were more afraid of me: I had less
apprehension concerning the dogs,
whereof three or four came into the room,
as it is usual in farmers’ houses; one of
which was a mastiff, equal in bulk to four
elephants, and another a greyhound,

-45-

somewhat taller than the mastiff, but not so
large.

When dinner was almost done, the nurse
came in with a child of a year old in her
arms, who immediately spied me, and
began a squall that you might have heard
from London-Bridge to Chelsea, after the
usual oratory of infants, to get me for a
plaything. The mother, out of pure
indulgence, took me up, and put me
towards the child, who presently seized me
by the middle, and got my head into his
mouth, where I roared so loud that the urchin
was frighted, and let me drop, and I should
infallibly have broke my neck, if the mother
had not held her apron under me. The nurse,
to quiet her babe, made use of a rattle
which was a kind of hollow vessel filled with
great stones, and fastened by a cable to the
child’s waist: but all in vain; so that she was
forced to apply the last remedy by giving it
suck. I must confess no object ever
disgusted me so much as the sight of her
monstrous breast, which I cannot tell what to
compare with, so as to give the curious
reader an idea of its bulk, shape, and
colour. It stood prominent six feet, and could
not be less than sixteen in circumference.
The nipple was about half the bigness of my
head, and the hue both of that and the dug,
so varied with spots, pimples, and freckles,
that nothing could appear more nauseous:
for I had a near sight of her, she sitting
down, the more conveniently to give suck,
and I standing on the table. This made me
reflect upon the fair skins of our English
ladies, who appear so beautiful to us, only
because they are of our own size, and their
defects not to be seen but through a
magnifying glass; where we find by
experiment that the smoothest and whitest
skins look rough, and coarse, and ill-
coloured.

I remember when I was at Lilliput, the

complexion of those diminutive people
appeared to me the fairest in the world; and
talking upon this subject with a person of
learning there, who was an intimate friend
of mine, he said that my face appeared
much fairer and smoother when he looked
on me from the ground, than it did upon a
nearer view, when I took him up in my hand,
and brought him close, which he confessed
was at first a very shocking sight. He said,
“he could discover great holes in my skin;
that the stumps of my beard were ten times
stronger than the bristles of a boar, and my
complexion made up of several colours
altogether disagreeable:” although I must
beg leave to say for myself, that I am as fair
as most of my sex and country, and very little
sunburnt by all my travels. On the other side,
discoursing of the ladies in that emperor’s
court, he used to tell me, “one had freckles;
another too wide a mouth; a third too large a
nose;” nothing of which I was able to
distinguish. I confess this reflection was
obvious enough; which, however, I could
not forbear, lest the reader might think those
vast creatures were actually deformed: for I
must do them the justice to say, they are a
comely race of people, and particularly the
features of my master’s countenance,
although he was but a farmer, when I beheld
him from the height of sixty feet, appeared
very well proportioned.

When dinner was done, my master went out
to his labourers, and, as I could discover by
his voice and gesture, gave his wife strict
charge to take care of me. I was very much
tired, and disposed to sleep, which my
mistress perceiving, she put me on her own
bed, and covered me with a clean white
handkerchief, but larger and coarser than
the mainsail of a man-of-war.

I slept about two hours, and dreamt I was at
home with my wife and children, which
aggravated my sorrows when I awaked,

-46-

and found myself alone in a vast room,
between two and three hundred feet wide,
and above two hundred high, lying in a bed
twenty yards wide. My mistress was gone
about her household affairs, and had
locked me in. The bed was eight yards from
the floor. Some natural necessities required
me to get down; I durst not presume to call;
and if I had, it would have been in vain, with
such a voice as mine, at so great a distance
from the room where I lay to the kitchen
where the family kept. While I was under
these circumstances, two rats crept up the
curtains, and ran smelling backwards and
forwards on the bed. One of them came up
almost to my face, whereupon I rose in a
fright, and drew out my hanger to defend
myself. These horrible animals had the
boldness to attack me on both sides, and
one of them held his fore-feet at my collar;
but I had the good fortune to rip up his belly
before he could do me any mischief. He fell
down at my feet; and the other, seeing the
fate of his comrade, made his escape, but
not without one good wound on the back,
which I gave him as he fled, and made the
blood run trickling from him. After this
exploit, I walked gently to and fro on the
bed, to recover my breath and loss of
spirits. These creatures were of the size of
a large mastiff, but infinitely more nimble
and fierce; so that if I had taken off my belt
before I went to sleep, I must have infallibly
been torn to pieces and devoured. I
measured the tail of the dead rat, and found
it to be two yards long, wanting an inch; but
it went against my stomach to drag the
carcass off the bed, where it lay still
bleeding; I observed it had yet some life, but
with a strong slash across the neck, I
thoroughly despatched it.

Soon after my mistress came into the room,
who seeing me all bloody, ran and took me
up in her hand. I pointed to the dead rat,
smiling, and making other signs to show I

was not hurt; whereat she was extremely
rejoiced, calling the maid to take up the
dead rat with a pair of tongs, and throw it
out of the window. Then she set me on a
table, where I showed her my hanger all
bloody, and wiping it on the lappet of my
coat, returned it to the scabbard. I was
pressed to do more than one thing which
another could not do for me, and therefore
endeavoured to make my mistress
understand, that I desired to be set down on
the floor; which after she had done, my
bashfulness would not suffer me to express
myself farther, than by pointing to the door,
and bowing several times. The good
woman, with much difficulty, at last
perceived what I would be at, and taking me
up again in her hand, walked into the
garden, where she set me down. I went on
one side about two hundred yards, and
beckoning to her not to look or to follow me,
I hid myself between two leaves of sorrel,
and there discharged the necessities of
nature.

I hope the gentle reader will excuse me for
dwelling on these and the like particulars,
which, however insignificant they may
appear to groveling vulgar minds, yet will
certainly help a philosopher to enlarge his
thoughts and imagination, and apply them
to the benefit of public as well as private
life, which was my sole design in presenting
this and other accounts of my travels to the
world; wherein I have been chiefly studious
of truth, without affecting any ornaments of
learning or of style. But the whole scene of
this voyage made so strong an impression
on my mind, and is so deeply fixed in my
memory, that, in committing it to paper I did
not omit one material circumstance:
however, upon a strict review, I blotted out
several passages. Of less moment which
were in my first copy, for fear of being
censured as tedious and trifling, whereof
travellers are often, perhaps not without

-47-

justice, accused.

CHAPTER II.

[A description of the farmer’s daughter. The
author carried to a market-town, and then to
the metropolis. The particulars of his
journey.]

My mistress had a daughter of nine years
old, a child of towardly parts for her age,
very dexterous at her needle, and skilful in
dressing her baby. Her mother and she
contrived to fit up the baby’s cradle for me
against night: the cradle was put into a small
drawer of a cabinet, and the drawer placed
upon a hanging shelf for fear of the rats.
This was my bed all the time I staid with
those people, though made more
convenient by degrees, as I began to learn
their language and make my wants known.
This young girl was so handy, that after I had
once or twice pulled off my clothes before
her, she was able to dress and undress me,
though I never gave her that trouble when
she would let me do either myself. She
made me seven shirts, and some other
linen, of as fine cloth as could be got, which
indeed was coarser than sackcloth; and
these she constantly washed for me with
her own hands. She was likewise my
school-mistress, to teach me the language:
when I pointed to any thing, she told me the
name of it in her own tongue, so that in a
few days I was able to call for whatever I
had a mind to. She was very good-natured,
and not above forty feet high, being little for
her age. She gave me the name of Grildrig,
which the family took up, and afterwards the
whole kingdom. The word imports what the
Latins call nanunculus, the Italians
homunceletino, and the English mannikin.
To her I chiefly owe my preservation in that
country: we never parted while I was there; I
called her my Glumdalclitch, or little nurse;
and should be guilty of great ingratitude, if I

omitted this honourable mention of her care
and affection towards me, which I heartily
wish it lay in my power to requite as she
deserves, instead of being the innocent, but
unhappy instrument of her disgrace, as I
have too much reason to fear.

It now began to be known and talked of in
the neighbourhood, that my master had
found a strange animal in the field, about
the bigness of a splacnuck, but exactly
shaped in every part like a human creature;
which it likewise imitated in all its actions;
seemed to speak in a little language of its
own, had already learned several words of
theirs, went erect upon two legs, was tame
and gentle, would come when it was called,
do whatever it was bid, had the finest limbs
in the world, and a complexion fairer than a
nobleman’s daughter of three years old.
Another farmer, who lived hard by, and was
a particular friend of my master, came on a
visit on purpose to inquire into the truth of
this story. I was immediately produced, and
placed upon a table, where I walked as I
was commanded, drew my hanger, put it up
again, made my reverence to my master’s
guest, asked him in his own language how
he did, and told him he was welcome, just
as my little nurse had instructed me. This
man, who was old and dim-sighted, put on
his spectacles to behold me better; at which
I could not forbear laughing very heartily, for
his eyes appeared like the full moon shining
into a chamber at two windows. Our
people, who discovered the cause of my
mirth, bore me company in laughing, at
which the old fellow was fool enough to be
angry and out of countenance. He had the
character of a great miser; and, to my
misfortune, he well deserved it, by the
cursed advice he gave my master, to show
me as a sight upon a market-day in the next
town, which was half an hour’s riding, about
two-and-twenty miles from our house. I
guessed there was some mischief when I

-48-

observed my master and his friend
whispering together, sometimes pointing at
me; and my fears made me fancy that I
overheard and understood some of their
words. But the next morning Glumdalclitch,
my little nurse, told me the whole matter,
which she had cunningly picked out from her
mother. The poor girl laid me on her bosom,
and fell a weeping with shame and grief.
She apprehended some mischief would
happen to me from rude vulgar folks, who
might squeeze me to death, or break one of
my limbs by taking me in their hands. She
had also observed how modest I was in my
nature, how nicely I regarded my honour,
and what an indignity I should conceive it, to
be exposed for money as a public
spectacle, to the meanest of the people.
She said, her papa and mamma had
promised that Grildrig should be hers; but
now she found they meant to serve her as
they did last year, when they pretended to
give her a lamb, and yet, as soon as it was
fat, sold it to a butcher. For my own part, I
may truly affirm, that I was less concerned
than my nurse. I had a strong hope, which
never left me, that I should one day recover
my liberty: and as to the ignominy of being
carried about for a monster, I considered
myself to be a perfect stranger in the
country, and that such a misfortune could
never be charged upon me as a reproach, if
ever I should return to England, since the
king of Great Britain himself, in my
condition, must have undergone the same
distress.

My master, pursuant to the advice of his
friend, carried me in a box the next market-
day to the neighbouring town, and took
along with him his little daughter, my nurse,
upon a pillion behind him. The box was
close on every side, with a little door for me
to go in and out, and a few gimlet holes to let
in air. The girl had been so careful as to put
the quilt of her baby’s bed into it, for me to

lie down on. However, I was terribly shaken
and discomposed in this journey, though it
was but of half an hour: for the horse went
about forty feet at every step and trotted so
high, that the agitation was equal to the
rising and falling of a ship in a great storm,
but much more frequent. Our journey was
somewhat farther than from London to St.
Alban’s. My master alighted at an inn which
he used to frequent; and after consulting
awhile with the inn-keeper, and making
some necessary preparations, he hired the
grultrud, or crier, to give notice through the
town of a strange creature to be seen at the
sign of the Green Eagle, not so big as a
splacnuck (an animal in that country very
finely shaped, about six feet long,) and in
every part of the body resembling a human
creature, could speak several words, and
perform a hundred diverting tricks.

I was placed upon a table in the largest
room of the inn, which might be near three
hundred feet square. My little nurse stood on
a low stool close to the table, to take care of
me, and direct what I should do. My master,
to avoid a crowd, would suffer only thirty
people at a time to see me. I walked about
on the table as the girl commanded; she
asked me questions, as far as she knew my
understanding of the language reached,
and I answered them as loud as I could. I
turned about several times to the company,
paid my humble respects, said they were
welcome, and used some other speeches I
had been taught. I took up a thimble filled
with liquor, which Glumdalclitch had given
me for a cup, and drank their health, I drew
out my hanger, and flourished with it after
the manner of fencers in England. My nurse
gave me a part of a straw, which I exercised
as a pike, having learnt the art in my youth. I
was that day shown to twelve sets of
company, and as often forced to act over
again the same fopperies, till I was half
dead with weariness and vexation; for

-49-

those who had seen me made such
wonderful reports, that the people were
ready to break down the doors to come in.
My master, for his own interest, would not
suffer any one to touch me except my nurse;
and to prevent danger, benches were set
round the table at such a distance as to put
me out of every body’s reach. However, an
unlucky school-boy aimed a hazel nut
directly at my head, which very narrowly
missed me; otherwise it came with so much
violence, that it would have infallibly
knocked out my brains, for it was almost as
large as a small pumpkin, but I had the
satisfaction to see the young rogue well
beaten, and turned out of the room.

My master gave public notice that he would
show me again the next market-day; and in
the meantime he prepared a convenient
vehicle for me, which he had reason enough
to do; for I was so tired with my first journey,
and with entertaining company for eight
hours together, that I could hardly stand
upon my legs, or speak a word. It was at
least three days before I recovered my
strength; and that I might have no rest at
home, all the neighbouring gentlemen from
a hundred miles round, hearing of my fame,
came to see me at my master’s own house.
There could not be fewer than thirty persons
with their wives and children (for the country
is very populous;) and my master
demanded the rate of a full room whenever
he showed me at home, although it were
only to a single family; so that for some time
I had but little ease every day of the week
(except Wednesday, which is their
Sabbath,) although I were not carried to the
town.

My master, finding how profitable I was
likely to be, resolved to carry me to the most
considerable cities of the kingdom. Having
therefore provided himself with all things
necessary for a long journey, and settled

his affairs at home, he took leave of his
wife, and upon the 17th of August, 1703, about
two months after my arrival, we set out for
the metropolis, situate near the middle of
that empire, and about three thousand miles
distance from our house. My master made
his daughter Glumdalclitch ride behind him.
She carried me on her lap, in a box tied
about her waist. The girl had lined it on all
sides with the softest cloth she could get,
well quilted underneath, furnished it with her
baby’s bed, provided me with linen and
other necessaries, and made everything as
convenient as she could. We had no other
company but a boy of the house, who rode
after us with the luggage.

My master’s design was to show me in all
the towns by the way, and to step out of the
road for fifty or a hundred miles, to any
village, or person of quality’s house, where
he might expect custom. We made easy
journeys, of not above seven or eight score
miles a-day; for Glumdalclitch, on purpose
to spare me, complained she was tired with
the trotting of the horse. She often took me
out of my box, at my own desire, to give me
air, and show me the country, but always
held me fast by a leading-string. We passed
over five or six rivers, many degrees
broader and deeper than the Nile or the
Ganges: and there was hardly a rivulet so
small as the Thames at London-bridge. We
were ten weeks in our journey, and I was
shown in eighteen large towns, besides
many villages, and private families.

On the 26th day of October we arrived at the
metropolis, called in their language
Lorbrulgrud, or Pride of the Universe. My
master took a lodging in the principal street
of the city, not far from the royal palace, and
put out bills in the usual form, containing an
exact description of my person and parts.
He hired a large room between three and
four hundred feet wide. He provided a table

-50-

sixty feet in diameter, upon which I was to
act my part, and pallisadoed it round three
feet from the edge, and as many high, to
prevent my falling over. I was shown ten
times a-day, to the wonder and satisfaction
of all people. I could now speak the
language tolerably well, and perfectly
understood every word, that was spoken to
me. Besides, I had learnt their alphabet,
and could make a shift to explain a
sentence here and there; for Glumdalclitch
had been my instructor while we were at
home, and at leisure hours during our
journey. She carried a little book in her
pocket, not much larger than a Sanson’s
Atlas; it was a common treatise for the use
of young girls, giving a short account of their
religion: out of this she taught me my letters,
and interpreted the words.

CHAPTER III.

[The author sent for to court. The queen
buys him of his master the farmer, and
presents him to the king. He disputes with
his majesty’s great scholars. An apartment
at court provided for the author. He is in high
favour with the queen. He stands up for the
honour of his own country. His quarrels with
the queen’s dwarf.]

The frequent labours I underwent every day,
made, in a few weeks, a very considerable
change in my health: the more my master
got by me, the more insatiable he grew. I
had quite lost my stomach, and was almost
reduced to a skeleton. The farmer observed
it, and concluding I must soon die, resolved
to make as good a hand of me as he could.
While he was thus reasoning and resolving
with himself, a sardral, or gentleman-usher,
came from court, commanding my master
to carry me immediately thither for the
diversion of the queen and her ladies.
Some of the latter had already been to see
me, and reported strange things of my

beauty, behaviour, and good sense. Her
majesty, and those who attended her, were
beyond measure delighted with my
demeanour. I fell on my knees, and begged
the honour of kissing her imperial foot; but
this gracious princess held out her little
finger towards me, after I was set on the
table, which I embraced in both my arms,
and put the tip of it with the utmost respect to
my lip. She made me some general
questions about my country and my travels,
which I answered as distinctly, and in as
few words as I could. She asked, “whether I
could be content to live at court?” I bowed
down to the board of the table, and humbly
answered “that I was my master’s slave:
but, if I were at my own disposal, I should be
proud to devote my life to her majesty’s
service.” She then asked my master,
“whether he was willing to sell me at a good
price?” He, who apprehended I could not
live a month, was ready enough to part with
me, and demanded a thousand pieces of
gold, which were ordered him on the spot,
each piece being about the bigness of eight
hundred moidores; but allowing for the
proportion of all things between that country
and Europe, and the high price of gold
among them, was hardly so great a sum as
a thousand guineas would be in England. I
then said to the queen, “since I was now her
majesty’s most humble creature and
vassal, I must beg the favour, that
Glumdalclitch, who had always tended me
with so much care and kindness, and
understood to do it so well, might be
admitted into her service, and continue to
be my nurse and instructor.”

Her majesty agreed to my petition, and
easily got the farmer’s consent, who was
glad enough to have his daughter preferred
at court, and the poor girl herself was not
able to hide her joy. My late master
withdrew, bidding me farewell, and saying
he had left me in a good service; to which I

-51-

replied not a word, only making him a slight
bow.

The queen observed my coldness; and,
when the farmer was gone out of the
apartment, asked me the reason. I made
bold to tell her majesty, “that I owed no other
obligation to my late master, than his not
dashing out the brains of a poor harmless
creature, found by chance in his fields:
which obligation was amply recompensed,
by the gain he had made in showing me
through half the kingdom, and the price he
had now sold me for. That the life I had since
led was laborious enough to kill an animal of
ten times my strength. That my health was
much impaired, by the continual drudgery of
entertaining the rabble every hour of the
day; and that, if my master had not thought
my life in danger, her majesty would not
have got so cheap a bargain. But as I was
out of all fear of being ill-treated under the
protection of so great and good an
empress, the ornament of nature, the
darling of the world, the delight of her
subjects, the phoenix of the creation, so I
hoped my late master’s apprehensions
would appear to be groundless; for I already
found my spirits revive, by the influence of
her most august presence.”

This was the sum of my speech, delivered
with great improprieties and hesitation. The
latter part was altogether framed in the style
peculiar to that people, whereof I learned
some phrases from Glumdalclitch, while
she was carrying me to court.

The queen, giving great allowance for my
defectiveness in speaking, was, however,
surprised at so much wit and good sense in
so diminutive an animal. She took me in her
own hand, and carried me to the king, who
was then retired to his cabinet. His majesty,
a prince of much gravity and austere
countenance, not well observing my shape

at first view, asked the queen after a cold
manner “how long it was since she grew
fond of a splacnuck?” for such it seems he
took me to be, as I lay upon my breast in her
majesty’s right hand. But this princess, who
has an infinite deal of wit and humour, set
me gently on my feet upon the scrutoire, and
commanded me to give his majesty an
account of myself, which I did in a very few
words: and Glumdalclitch who attended at
the cabinet door, and could not endure I
should be out of her sight, being admitted,
confirmed all that had passed from my
arrival at her father’s house.

The king, although he be as learned a
person as any in his dominions, had been
educated in the study of philosophy, and
particularly mathematics; yet when he
observed my shape exactly, and saw me
walk erect, before I began to speak,
conceived I might be a piece of clock-work
(which is in that country arrived to a very
great perfection) contrived by some
ingenious artist. But when he heard my
voice, and found what I delivered to be
regular and rational, he could not conceal
his astonishment. He was by no means
satisfied with the relation I gave him of the
manner I came into his kingdom, but thought
it a story concerted between Glumdalclitch
and her father, who had taught me a set of
words to make me sell at a better price.
Upon this imagination, he put several other
questions to me, and still received rational
answers: no otherwise defective than by a
foreign accent, and an imperfect
knowledge in the language, with some
rustic phrases which I had learned at the
farmer’s house, and did not suit the polite
style of a court.

His majesty sent for three great scholars,
who were then in their weekly waiting,
according to the custom in that country.
These gentlemen, after they had a while

-52-

examined my shape with much nicety, were
of different opinions concerning me. They
all agreed that I could not be produced
according to the regular laws of nature,
because I was not framed with a capacity of
preserving my life, either by swiftness, or
climbing of trees, or digging holes in the
earth. They observed by my teeth, which
they viewed with great exactness, that I was
a carnivorous animal; yet most quadrupeds
being an overmatch for me, and field mice,
with some others, too nimble, they could not
imagine how I should be able to support
myself, unless I fed upon snails and other
insects, which they offered, by many
learned arguments, to evince that I could not
possibly do. One of these virtuosi seemed
to think that I might be an embryo, or
abortive birth. But this opinion was rejected
by the other two, who observed my limbs to
be perfect and finished; and that I had lived
several years, as it was manifest from my
beard, the stumps whereof they plainly
discovered through a magnifying glass.
They would not allow me to be a dwarf,
because my littleness was beyond all
degrees of comparison; for the queen’s
favourite dwarf, the smallest ever known in
that kingdom, was near thirty feet high. After
much debate, they concluded unanimously,
that I was only relplum scalcath, which is
interpreted literally lusus naturae; a
determination exactly agreeable to the
modern philosophy of Europe, whose
professors, disdaining the old evasion of
occult causes, whereby the followers of
Aristotle endeavoured in vain to disguise
their ignorance, have invented this
wonderful solution of all difficulties, to the
unspeakable advancement of human
knowledge.

After this decisive conclusion, I entreated to
be heard a word or two. I applied myself to
the king, and assured his majesty, “that I
came from a country which abounded with

several millions of both sexes, and of my
own stature; where the animals, trees, and
houses, were all in proportion, and where,
by consequence, I might be as able to
defend myself, and to find sustenance, as
any of his majesty’s subjects could do
here; which I took for a full answer to those
gentlemen’s arguments.” To this they only
replied with a smile of contempt, saying,
“that the farmer had instructed me very well
in my lesson.” The king, who had a much
better understanding, dismissing his
learned men, sent for the farmer, who by
good fortune was not yet gone out of town.
Having therefore first examined him
privately, and then confronted him with me
and the young girl, his majesty began to
think that what we told him might possibly
be true. He desired the queen to order that a
particular care should be taken of me; and
was of opinion that Glumdalclitch should still
continue in her office of tending me,
because he observed we had a great
affection for each other. A convenient
apartment was provided for her at court:
she had a sort of governess appointed to
take care of her education, a maid to dress
her, and two other servants for menial
offices; but the care of me was wholly
appropriated to herself. The queen
commanded her own cabinet-maker to
contrive a box, that might serve me for a
bedchamber, after the model that
Glumdalclitch and I should agree upon. This
man was a most ingenious artist, and
according to my direction, in three weeks
finished for me a wooden chamber of
sixteen feet square, and twelve high, with
sash-windows, a door, and two closets,
like a London bed-chamber. The board,
that made the ceiling, was to be lifted up
and down by two hinges, to put in a bed
ready furnished by her majesty’s
upholsterer, which Glumdalclitch took out
every day to air, made it with her own
hands, and letting it down at night, locked

-53-

up the roof over me. A nice workman, who
was famous for little curiosities, undertook
to make me two chairs, with backs and
frames, of a substance not unlike ivory, and
two tables, with a cabinet to put my things
in. The room was quilted on all sides, as
well as the floor and the ceiling, to prevent
any accident from the carelessness of
those who carried me, and to break the
force of a jolt, when I went in a coach. I
desired a lock for my door, to prevent rats
and mice from coming in. The smith, after
several attempts, made the smallest that
ever was seen among them, for I have
known a larger at the gate of a gentleman’s
house in England. I made a shift to keep the
key in a pocket of my own, fearing
Glumdalclitch might lose it. The queen
likewise ordered the thinnest silks that could
be gotten, to make me clothes, not much
thicker than an English blanket, very
cumbersome till I was accustomed to them.
They were after the fashion of the kingdom,
partly resembling the Persian, and partly the
Chinese, and are a very grave and decent
habit.

The queen became so fond of my company,
that she could not dine without me. I had a
table placed upon the same at which her
majesty ate, just at her left elbow, and a
chair to sit on. Glumdalclitch stood on a
stool on the floor near my table, to assist
and take care of me. I had an entire set of
silver dishes and plates, and other
necessaries, which, in proportion to those
of the queen, were not much bigger than
what I have seen in a London toy-shop for
the furniture of a baby-house: these my little
nurse kept in her pocket in a silver box, and
gave me at meals as I wanted them, always
cleaning them herself. No person dined with
the queen but the two princesses royal, the
eldest sixteen years old, and the younger at
that time thirteen and a month. Her majesty
used to put a bit of meat upon one of my

dishes, out of which I carved for myself, and
her diversion was to see me eat in
miniature: for the queen (who had indeed
but a weak stomach) took up, at one
mouthful, as much as a dozen English
farmers could eat at a meal, which to me
was for some time a very nauseous sight.
She would craunch the wing of a lark, bones
and all, between her teeth, although it were
nine times as large as that of a full-grown
turkey; and put a bit of bread into her mouth
as big as two twelve-penny loaves. She
drank out of a golden cup, above a
hogshead at a draught. Her knives were
twice as long as a scythe, set straight upon
the handle. The spoons, forks, and other
instruments, were all in the same
proportion. I remember when Glumdalclitch
carried me, out of curiosity, to see some of
the tables at court, where ten or a dozen of
those enormous knives and forks were
lifted up together, I thought I had never till
then beheld so terrible a sight.

It is the custom, that every Wednesday
(which, as I have observed, is their
Sabbath) the king and queen, with the royal
issue of both sexes, dine together in the
apartment of his majesty, to whom I was
now become a great favourite; and at these
times, my little chair and table were placed
at his left hand, before one of the salt-
cellars. This prince took a pleasure in
conversing with me, inquiring into the
manners, religion, laws, government, and
learning of Europe; wherein I gave him the
best account I was able. His apprehension
was so clear, and his judgment so exact,
that he made very wise reflections and
observations upon all I said. But I confess,
that, after I had been a little too copious in
talking of my own beloved country, of our
trade and wars by sea and land, of our
schisms in religion, and parties in the state;
the prejudices of his education prevailed so
far, that he could not forbear taking me up in

-54-

his right hand, and stroking me gently with
the other, after a hearty fit of laughing,
asked me, “whether I was a whig or tory?”
Then turning to his first minister, who waited
behind him with a white staff, near as tall as
the mainmast of the Royal Sovereign, he
observed “how contemptible a thing was
human grandeur, which could be mimicked
by such diminutive insects as I: and yet,”
says he, “I dare engage these creatures
have their titles and distinctions of honour;
they contrive little nests and burrows, that
they call houses and cities; they make a
figure in dress and equipage; they love,
they fight, they dispute, they cheat, they
betray!” And thus he continued on, while my
colour came and went several times, with
indignation, to hear our noble country, the
mistress of arts and arms, the scourge of
France, the arbitress of Europe, the seat of
virtue, piety, honour, and truth, the pride and
envy of the world, so contemptuously
treated.

But as I was not in a condition to resent
injuries, so upon mature thoughts I began to
doubt whether I was injured or no. For, after
having been accustomed several months to
the sight and converse of this people, and
observed every object upon which I cast
mine eyes to be of proportionable
magnitude, the horror I had at first
conceived from their bulk and aspect was
so far worn off, that if I had then beheld a
company of English lords and ladies in their
finery and birth-day clothes, acting their
several parts in the most courtly manner of
strutting, and bowing, and prating, to say
the truth, I should have been strongly
tempted to laugh as much at them as the
king and his grandees did at me. Neither,
indeed, could I forbear smiling at myself,
when the queen used to place me upon her
hand towards a looking-glass, by which
both our persons appeared before me in full
view together; and there could be nothing

more ridiculous than the comparison; so
that I really began to imagine myself
dwindled many degrees below my usual
size.

Nothing angered and mortified me so much
as the queen’s dwarf; who being of the
lowest stature that was ever in that country
(for I verily think he was not full thirty feet
high), became so insolent at seeing a
creature so much beneath him, that he
would always affect to swagger and look
big as he passed by me in the queen’s
antechamber, while I was standing on some
table talking with the lords or ladies of the
court, and he seldom failed of a smart word
or two upon my littleness; against which I
could only revenge myself by calling him
brother, challenging him to wrestle, and
such repartees as are usually in the mouths
of court pages. One day, at dinner, this
malicious little cub was so nettled with
something I had said to him, that, raising
himself upon the frame of her majesty’s
chair, he took me up by the middle, as I was
sitting down, not thinking any harm, and let
me drop into a large silver bowl of cream,
and then ran away as fast as he could. I fell
over head and ears, and, if I had not been a
good swimmer, it might have gone very
hard with me; for Glumdalclitch in that
instant happened to be at the other end of
the room, and the queen was in such a
fright, that she wanted presence of mind to
assist me. But my little nurse ran to my relief,
and took me out, after I had swallowed
above a quart of cream. I was put to bed:
however, I received no other damage than
the loss of a suit of clothes, which was
utterly spoiled. The dwarf was soundly
whipt, and as a farther punishment, forced
to drink up the bowl of cream into which he
had thrown me: neither was he ever
restored to favour; for soon after the queen
bestowed him on a lady of high quality, so
that I saw him no more, to my very great

-55-

satisfaction; for I could not tell to what
extremities such a malicious urchin might
have carried his resentment.

He had before served me a scurvy trick,
which set the queen a-laughing, although at
the same time she was heartily vexed, and
would have immediately cashiered him, if I
had not been so generous as to intercede.
Her majesty had taken a marrow-bone
upon her plate, and, after knocking out the
marrow, placed the bone again in the dish
erect, as it stood before; the dwarf,
watching his opportunity, while
Glumdalclitch was gone to the side-board,
mounted the stool that she stood on to take
care of me at meals, took me up in both
hands, and squeezing my legs together,
wedged them into the marrow bone above
my waist, where I stuck for some time, and
made a very ridiculous figure. I believe it
was near a minute before any one knew
what was become of me; for I thought it
below me to cry out. But, as princes seldom
get their meat hot, my legs were not
scalded, only my stockings and breeches in
a sad condition. The dwarf, at my entreaty,
had no other punishment than a sound
whipping.

I was frequently rallied by the queen upon
account of my fearfulness; and she used to
ask me whether the people of my country
were as great cowards as myself? The
occasion was this: the kingdom is much
pestered with flies in summer; and these
odious insects, each of them as big as a
Dunstable lark, hardly gave me any rest
while I sat at dinner, with their continual
humming and buzzing about mine ears.
They would sometimes alight upon my
victuals, and leave their loathsome
excrement, or spawn behind, which to me
was very visible, though not to the natives of
that country, whose large optics were not so
acute as mine, in viewing smaller objects.

Sometimes they would fix upon my nose, or
forehead, where they stung me to the quick,
smelling very offensively; and I could easily
trace that viscous matter, which, our
naturalists tell us, enables those creatures
to walk with their feet upwards upon a
ceiling. I had much ado to defend myself
against these detestable animals, and
could not forbear starting when they came
on my face. It was the common practice of
the dwarf, to catch a number of these
insects in his hand, as schoolboys do
among us, and let them out suddenly under
my nose, on purpose to frighten me, and
divert the queen. My remedy was to cut
them in pieces with my knife, as they flew in
the air, wherein my dexterity was much
admired.

I remember, one morning, when
Glumdalclitch had set me in a box upon a
window, as she usually did in fair days to
give me air (for I durst not venture to let the
box be hung on a nail out of the window, as
we do with cages in England), after I had
lifted up one of my sashes, and sat down at
my table to eat a piece of sweet cake for my
breakfast, above twenty wasps, allured by
the smell, came flying into the room,
humming louder than the drones of as many
bagpipes. Some of them seized my cake,
and carried it piecemeal away; others flew
about my head and face, confounding me
with the noise, and putting me in the utmost
terror of their stings. However, I had the
courage to rise and draw my hanger, and
attack them in the air. I dispatched four of
them, but the rest got away, and I presently
shut my window. These insects were as
large as partridges: I took out their stings,
found them an inch and a half long, and as
sharp as needles. I carefully preserved them
all; and having since shown them, with
some other curiosities, in several parts of
Europe, upon my return to England I gave
three of them to Gresham College, and kept

-56-

the fourth for myself.

CHAPTER IV.

[The country described. A proposal for
correcting modern maps. The king’s
palace; and some account of the
metropolis. The author’s way of travelling.
The chief temple described.]

I now intend to give the reader a short
description of this country, as far as I
travelled in it, which was not above two
thousand miles round Lorbrulgrud, the
metropolis. For the queen, whom I always
attended, never went farther when she
accompanied the king in his progresses,
and there staid till his majesty returned from
viewing his frontiers. The whole extent of
this prince’s dominions reaches about six
thousand miles in length, and from three to
five in breadth: whence I cannot but
conclude, that our geographers of Europe
are in a great error, by supposing nothing
but sea between Japan and California; for it
was ever my opinion, that there must be a
balance of earth to counterpoise the great
continent of Tartary; and therefore they
ought to correct their maps and charts, by
joining this vast tract of land to the north-
west parts of America, wherein I shall be
ready to lend them my assistance.

The kingdom is a peninsula, terminated to
the north-east by a ridge of mountains thirty
miles high, which are altogether
impassable, by reason of the volcanoes
upon the tops: neither do the most learned
know what sort of mortals inhabit beyond
those mountains, or whether they be
inhabited at all. On the three other sides, it is
bounded by the ocean. There is not one
seaport in the whole kingdom: and those
parts of the coasts into which the rivers
issue, are so full of pointed rocks, and the
sea generally so rough, that there is no

venturing with the smallest of their boats; so
that these people are wholly excluded from
any commerce with the rest of the world. But
the large rivers are full of vessels, and
abound with excellent fish; for they seldom
get any from the sea, because the sea fish
are of the same size with those in Europe,
and consequently not worth catching;
whereby it is manifest, that nature, in the
production of plants and animals of so
extraordinary a bulk, is wholly confined to
this continent, of which I leave the reasons
to be determined by philosophers.
However, now and then they take a whale
that happens to be dashed against the
rocks, which the common people feed on
heartily. These whales I have known so
large, that a man could hardly carry one
upon his shoulders; and sometimes, for
curiosity, they are brought in hampers to
Lorbrulgrud; I saw one of them in a dish at
the king’s table, which passed for a rarity,
but I did not observe he was fond of it; for I
think, indeed, the bigness disgusted him,
although I have seen one somewhat larger
in Greenland.

The country is well inhabited, for it contains
fifty-one cities, near a hundred walled
towns, and a great number of villages. To
satisfy my curious reader, it may be
sufficient to describe Lorbrulgrud. This city
stands upon almost two equal parts, on
each side the river that passes through. It
contains above eighty thousand houses,
and about six hundred thousand inhabitants.
It is in length three glomglungs (which make
about fifty-four English miles,) and two and
a half in breadth; as I measured it myself in
the royal map made by the king’s order,
which was laid on the ground on purpose for
me, and extended a hundred feet: I paced
the diameter and circumference several
times barefoot, and, computing by the
scale, measured it pretty exactly.

-57-

The king’s palace is no regular edifice, but
a heap of buildings, about seven miles
round: the chief rooms are generally two
hundred and forty feet high, and broad and
long in proportion. A coach was allowed to
Glumdalclitch and me, wherein her
governess frequently took her out to see the
town, or go among the shops; and I was
always of the party, carried in my box;
although the girl, at my own desire, would
often take me out, and hold me in her hand,
that I might more conveniently view the
houses and the people, as we passed
along the streets. I reckoned our coach to be
about a square of Westminster-hall, but not
altogether so high: however, I cannot be
very exact. One day the governess ordered
our coachman to stop at several shops,
where the beggars, watching their
opportunity, crowded to the sides of the
coach, and gave me the most horrible
spectacle that ever a European eye beheld.
There was a woman with a cancer in her
breast, swelled to a monstrous size, full of
holes, in two or three of which I could have
easily crept, and covered my whole body.
There was a fellow with a wen in his neck,
larger than five wool-packs; and another,
with a couple of wooden legs, each about
twenty feet high. But the most hateful sight
of all, was the lice crawling on their clothes. I
could see distinctly the limbs of these
vermin with my naked eye, much better than
those of a European louse through a
microscope, and their snouts with which
they rooted like swine. They were the first I
had ever beheld, and I should have been
curious enough to dissect one of them, if I
had had proper instruments, which I
unluckily left behind me in the ship,
although, indeed, the sight was so
nauseous, that it perfectly turned my
stomach.

Besides the large box in which I was usually
carried, the queen ordered a smaller one to

be made for me, of about twelve feet
square, and ten high, for the convenience of
travelling; because the other was
somewhat too large for Glumdalclitch’s lap,
and cumbersome in the coach; it was made
by the same artist, whom I directed in the
whole contrivance. This travelling-closet
was an exact square, with a window in the
middle of three of the squares, and each
window was latticed with iron wire on the
outside, to prevent accidents in long
journeys. On the fourth side, which had no
window, two strong staples were fixed,
through which the person that carried me,
when I had a mind to be on horseback, put a
leathern belt, and buckled it about his waist.
This was always the office of some grave
trusty servant, in whom I could confide,
whether I attended the king and queen in
their progresses, or were disposed to see
the gardens, or pay a visit to some great
lady or minister of state in the court, when
Glumdalclitch happened to be out of order;
for I soon began to be known and esteemed
among the greatest officers, I suppose
more upon account of their majesties’
favour, than any merit of my own. In
journeys, when I was weary of the coach, a
servant on horseback would buckle on my
box, and place it upon a cushion before
him; and there I had a full prospect of the
country on three sides, from my three
windows. I had, in this closet, a field-bed
and a hammock, hung from the ceiling, two
chairs and a table, neatly screwed to the
floor, to prevent being tossed about by the
agitation of the horse or the coach. And
having been long used to sea-voyages,
those motions, although sometimes very
violent, did not much discompose me.

Whenever I had a mind to see the town, it
was always in my travelling-closet; which
Glumdalclitch held in her lap in a kind of
open sedan, after the fashion of the country,
borne by four men, and attended by two

-58-

others in the queen’s livery. The people,
who had often heard of me, were very
curious to crowd about the sedan, and the
girl was complaisant enough to make the
bearers stop, and to take me in her hand,
that I might be more conveniently seen.

I was very desirous to see the chief temple,
and particularly the tower belonging to it,
which is reckoned the highest in the
kingdom. Accordingly one day my nurse
carried me thither, but I may truly say I came
back disappointed; for the height is not
above three thousand feet, reckoning from
the ground to the highest pinnacle top;
which, allowing for the difference between
the size of those people and us in Europe,
is no great matter for admiration, nor at all
equal in proportion (if I rightly remember) to
Salisbury steeple. But, not to detract from a
nation, to which, during my life, I shall
acknowledge myself extremely obliged, it
must be allowed, that whatever this famous
tower wants in height, is amply made up in
beauty and strength: for the walls are near a
hundred feet thick, built of hewn stone,
whereof each is about forty feet square,
and adorned on all sides with statues of
gods and emperors, cut in marble, larger
than the life, placed in their several niches. I
measured a little finger which had fallen
down from one of these statues, and lay
unperceived among some rubbish, and
found it exactly four feet and an inch in
length. Glumdalclitch wrapped it up in her
handkerchief, and carried it home in her
pocket, to keep among other trinkets, of
which the girl was very fond, as children at
her age usually are.

The king’s kitchen is indeed a noble
building, vaulted at top, and about six
hundred feet high. The great oven is not so
wide, by ten paces, as the cupola at St.
Paul’s: for I measured the latter on purpose,
after my return. But if I should describe the

kitchen grate, the prodigious pots and
kettles, the joints of meat turning on the
spits, with many other particulars, perhaps I
should be hardly believed; at least a severe
critic would be apt to think I enlarged a little,
as travellers are often suspected to do. To
avoid which censure I fear I have run too
much into the other extreme; and that if this
treatise should happen to be translated into
the language of Brobdingnag (which is the
general name of that kingdom,) and
transmitted thither, the king and his people
would have reason to complain that I had
done them an injury, by a false and
diminutive representation.

His majesty seldom keeps above six
hundred horses in his stables: they are
generally from fifty-four to sixty feet high.
But, when he goes abroad on solemn days,
he is attended, for state, by a military guard
of five hundred horse, which, indeed, I
thought was the most splendid sight that
could be ever beheld, till I saw part of his
army in battalia, whereof I shall find another
occasion to speak.

CHAPTER V.

[Several adventurers that happened to the
author. The execution of a criminal. The
author shows his skill in navigation.]

I should have lived happy enough in that
country, if my littleness had not exposed me
to several ridiculous and troublesome
accidents; some of which I shall venture to
relate. Glumdalclitch often carried me into
the gardens of the court in my smaller box,
and would sometimes take me out of it, and
hold me in her hand, or set me down to
walk. I remember, before the dwarf left the
queen, he followed us one day into those
gardens, and my nurse having set me
down, he and I being close together, near
some dwarf apple trees, I must needs show

-59-

my wit, by a silly allusion between him and
the trees, which happens to hold in their
language as it does in ours. Whereupon, the
malicious rogue, watching his opportunity,
when I was walking under one of them,
shook it directly over my head, by which a
dozen apples, each of them near as large
as a Bristol barrel, came tumbling about my
ears; one of them hit me on the back as I
chanced to stoop, and knocked me down
flat on my face; but I received no other hurt,
and the dwarf was pardoned at my desire,
because I had given the provocation.

Another day, Glumdalclitch left me on a
smooth grass-plot to divert myself, while
she walked at some distance with her
governess. In the meantime, there suddenly
fell such a violent shower of hail, that I was
immediately by the force of it, struck to the
ground: and when I was down, the
hailstones gave me such cruel bangs all
over the body, as if I had been pelted with
tennis-balls; however, I made a shift to
creep on all fours, and shelter myself, by
lying flat on my face, on the lee-side of a
border of lemon-thyme, but so bruised from
head to foot, that I could not go abroad in ten
days. Neither is this at all to be wondered at,
because nature, in that country, observing
the same proportion through all her
operations, a hailstone is near eighteen
hundred times as large as one in Europe;
which I can assert upon experience, having
been so curious as to weigh and measure
them.

But a more dangerous accident happened
to me in the same garden, when my little
nurse, believing she had put me in a secure
place (which I often entreated her to do, that
I might enjoy my own thoughts,) and having
left my box at home, to avoid the trouble of
carrying it, went to another part of the
garden with her governess and some ladies
of her acquaintance. While she was absent,

and out of hearing, a small white spaniel
that belonged to one of the chief gardeners,
having got by accident into the garden,
happened to range near the place where I
lay: the dog, following the scent, came
directly up, and taking me in his mouth, ran
straight to his master wagging his tail, and
set me gently on the ground. By good
fortune he had been so well taught, that I
was carried between his teeth without the
least hurt, or even tearing my clothes. But
the poor gardener, who knew me well, and
had a great kindness for me, was in a
terrible fright: he gently took me up in both
his hands, and asked me how I did? but I
was so amazed and out of breath, that I
could not speak a word. In a few minutes I
came to myself, and he carried me safe to
my little nurse, who, by this time, had
returned to the place where she left me, and
was in cruel agonies when I did not appear,
nor answer when she called. She severely
reprimanded the gardener on account of his
dog. But the thing was hushed up, and never
known at court, for the girl was afraid of the
queen’s anger; and truly, as to myself, I
thought it would not be for my reputation,
that such a story should go about.

This accident absolutely determined
Glumdalclitch never to trust me abroad for
the future out of her sight. I had been long
afraid of this resolution, and therefore
concealed from her some little unlucky
adventures, that happened in those times
when I was left by myself. Once a kite,
hovering over the garden, made a stoop at
me, and if I had not resolutely drawn my
hanger, and run under a thick espalier, he
would have certainly carried me away in his
talons. Another time, walking to the top of a
fresh mole-hill, I fell to my neck in the hole,
through which that animal had cast up the
earth, and coined some lie, not worth
remembering, to excuse myself for spoiling
my clothes. I likewise broke my right shin

-60-

against the shell of a snail, which I
happened to stumble over, as I was walking
alone and thinking on poor England.

I cannot tell whether I were more pleased or
mortified to observe, in those solitary
walks, that the smaller birds did not appear
to be at all afraid of me, but would hop
about within a yard’s distance, looking for
worms and other food, with as much
indifference and security as if no creature at
all were near them. I remember, a thrush
had the confidence to snatch out of my
hand, with his bill, a of cake that
Glumdalclitch had just given me for my
breakfast. When I attempted to catch any of
these birds, they would boldly turn against
me, endeavouring to peck my fingers,
which I durst not venture within their reach;
and then they would hop back unconcerned,
to hunt for worms or snails, as they did
before. But one day, I took a thick cudgel,
and threw it with all my strength so luckily, at
a linnet, that I knocked him down, and
seizing him by the neck with both my hands,
ran with him in triumph to my nurse.
However, the bird, who had only been
stunned, recovering himself gave me so
many boxes with his wings, on both sides of
my head and body, though I held him at
arm’s-length, and was out of the reach of
his claws, that I was twenty times thinking to
let him go. But I was soon relieved by one of
our servants, who wrung off the bird’s neck,
and I had him next day for dinner, by the
queen’s command. This linnet, as near as I
can remember, seemed to be somewhat
larger than an English swan.

The maids of honour often invited
Glumdalclitch to their apartments, and
desired she would bring me along with her,
on purpose to have the pleasure of seeing
and touching me. They would often strip me
naked from top to toe, and lay me at full
length in their bosoms; wherewith I was

much disgusted because, to say the truth, a
very offensive smell came from their skins;
which I do not mention, or intend, to the
disadvantage of those excellent ladies, for
whom I have all manner of respect; but I
conceive that my sense was more acute in
proportion to my littleness, and that those
illustrious persons were no more
disagreeable to their lovers, or to each
other, than people of the same quality are
with us in England. And, after all, I found
their natural smell was much more
supportable, than when they used
perfumes, under which I immediately
swooned away. I cannot forget, that an
intimate friend of mine in Lilliput, took the
freedom in a warm day, when I had used a
good deal of exercise, to complain of a
strong smell about me, although I am as little
faulty that way, as most of my sex: but I
suppose his faculty of smelling was as nice
with regard to me, as mine was to that of
this people. Upon this point, I cannot forbear
doing justice to the queen my mistress, and
Glumdalclitch my nurse, whose persons
were as sweet as those of any lady in
England.

That which gave me most uneasiness
among these maids of honour (when my
nurse carried me to visit then) was, to see
them use me without any manner of
ceremony, like a creature who had no sort
of consequence: for they would strip
themselves to the skin, and put on their
smocks in my presence, while I was placed
on their toilet, directly before their naked
bodies, which I am sure to me was very far
from being a tempting sight, or from giving
me any other emotions than those of horror
and disgust: their skins appeared so coarse
and uneven, so variously coloured, when I
saw them near, with a mole here and there
as broad as a trencher, and hairs hanging
from it thicker than packthreads, to say
nothing farther concerning the rest of their

-61-

persons. Neither did they at all scruple,
while I was by, to discharge what they had
drank, to the quantity of at least two
hogsheads, in a vessel that held above
three tuns. The handsomest among these
maids of honour, a pleasant, frolicsome girl
of sixteen, would sometimes set me astride
upon one of her nipples, with many other
tricks, wherein the reader will excuse me for
not being over particular. But I was so much
displeased, that I entreated Glumdalclitch to
contrive some excuse for not seeing that
young lady any more.

One day, a young gentleman, who was
nephew to my nurse’s governess, came
and pressed them both to see an execution.
It was of a man, who had murdered one of
that gentleman’s intimate acquaintance.
Glumdalclitch was prevailed on to be of the
company, very much against her inclination,
for she was naturally tender-hearted: and,
as for myself, although I abhorred such kind
of spectacles, yet my curiosity tempted me
to see something that I thought must be
extraordinary. The malefactor was fixed in a
chair upon a scaffold erected for that
purpose, and his head cut off at one blow,
with a sword of about forty feet long. The
veins and arteries spouted up such a
prodigious quantity of blood, and so high in
the air, that the great jet d’eau at Versailles
was not equal to it for the time it lasted: and
the head, when it fell on the scaffold floor,
gave such a bounce as made me start,
although I was at least half an English mile
distant.

The queen, who often used to hear me talk
of my sea-voyages, and took all occasions
to divert me when I was melancholy, asked
me whether I understood how to handle a
sail or an oar, and whether a little exercise
of rowing might not be convenient for my
health? I answered, that I understood both
very well: for although my proper

employment had been to be surgeon or
doctor to the ship, yet often, upon a pinch, I
was forced to work like a common mariner.
But I could not see how this could be done in
their country, where the smallest wherry
was equal to a first-rate man of war among
us; and such a boat as I could manage
would never live in any of their rivers. Her
majesty said, if I would contrive a boat, her
own joiner should make it, and she would
provide a place for me to sail in. The fellow
was an ingenious workman, and by my
instructions, in ten days, finished a
pleasure-boat with all its tackling, able
conveniently to hold eight Europeans. When
it was finished, the queen was so delighted,
that she ran with it in her lap to the king, who
ordered it to be put into a cistern full of
water, with me in it, by way of trial, where I
could not manage my two sculls, or little
oars, for want of room. But the queen had
before contrived another project. She
ordered the joiner to make a wooden
trough of three hundred feet long, fifty
broad, and eight deep; which, being well
pitched, to prevent leaking, was placed on
the floor, along the wall, in an outer room of
the palace. It had a cock near the bottom to
let out the water, when it began to grow
stale; and two servants could easily fill it in
half an hour. Here I often used to row for my
own diversion, as well as that of the queen
and her ladies, who thought themselves well
entertained with my skill and agility.
Sometimes I would put up my sail, and then
my business was only to steer, while the
ladies gave me a gale with their fans; and,
when they were weary, some of their pages
would blow my sail forward with their
breath, while I showed my art by steering
starboard or larboard as I pleased. When I
had done, Glumdalclitch always carried
back my boat into her closet, and hung it on
a nail to dry.

In this exercise I once met an accident,

-62-

which had like to have cost me my life; for,
one of the pages having put my boat into the
trough, the governess who attended
Glumdalclitch very officiously lifted me up,
to place me in the boat: but I happened to
slip through her fingers, and should infallibly
have fallen down forty feet upon the floor, if,
by the luckiest chance in the world, I had not
been stopped by a corking-pin that stuck in
the good gentlewoman’s stomacher; the
head of the pin passing between my shirt
and the waistband of my breeches, and
thus I was held by the middle in the air, till
Glumdalclitch ran to my relief.

Another time, one of the servants, whose
office it was to fill my trough every third day
with fresh water, was so careless as to let a
huge frog (not perceiving it) slip out of his
pail. The frog lay concealed till I was put into
my boat, but then, seeing a resting-place,
climbed up, and made it lean so much on
one side, that I was forced to balance it with
all my weight on the other, to prevent
overturning. When the frog was got in, it
hopped at once half the length of the boat,
and then over my head, backward and
forward, daubing my face and clothes with
its odious slime. The largeness of its
features made it appear the most deformed
animal that can be conceived. However, I
desired Glumdalclitch to let me deal with it
alone. I banged it a good while with one of
my sculls, and at last forced it to leap out of
the boat.

But the greatest danger I ever underwent in
that kingdom, was from a monkey, who
belonged to one of the clerks of the kitchen.
Glumdalclitch had locked me up in her
closet, while she went somewhere upon
business, or a visit. The weather being very
warm, the closet-window was left open, as
well as the windows and the door of my
bigger box, in which I usually lived, because
of its largeness and conveniency. As I sat

quietly meditating at my table, I heard
something bounce in at the closet-window,
and skip about from one side to the other:
whereat, although I was much alarmed, yet I
ventured to look out, but not stirring from my
seat; and then I saw this frolicsome animal
frisking and leaping up and down, till at last
he came to my box, which he seemed to
view with great pleasure and curiosity,
peeping in at the door and every window. I
retreated to the farther corner of my room;
or box; but the monkey looking in at every
side, put me in such a fright, that I wanted
presence of mind to conceal myself under
the bed, as I might easily have done. After
some time spent in peeping, grinning, and
chattering, he at last espied me; and
reaching one of his paws in at the door, as a
cat does when she plays with a mouse,
although I often shifted place to avoid him,
he at length seized the lappet of my coat
(which being made of that country silk, was
very thick and strong), and dragged me out.
He took me up in his right fore-foot and held
me as a nurse does a child she is going to
suckle, just as I have seen the same sort of
creature do with a kitten in Europe; and
when I offered to struggle he squeezed me
so hard, that I thought it more prudent to
submit. I have good reason to believe, that
he took me for a young one of his own
species, by his often stroking my face very
gently with his other paw. In these
diversions he was interrupted by a noise at
the closet door, as if somebody were
opening it: whereupon he suddenly leaped
up to the window at which he had come in,
and thence upon the leads and gutters,
walking upon three legs, and holding me in
the fourth, till he clambered up to a roof that
was next to ours. I heard Glumdalclitch give
a shriek at the moment he was carrying me
out. The poor girl was almost distracted:
that quarter of the palace was all in an
uproar; the servants ran for ladders; the
monkey was seen by hundreds in the court,

-63-

sitting upon the ridge of a building, holding
me like a baby in one of his forepaws, and
feeding me with the other, by cramming into
my mouth some victuals he had squeezed
out of the bag on one side of his chaps, and
patting me when I would not eat; whereat
many of the rabble below could not forbear
laughing; neither do I think they justly ought
to be blamed, for, without question, the
sight was ridiculous enough to every body
but myself. Some of the people threw up
stones, hoping to drive the monkey down;
but this was strictly forbidden, or else, very
probably, my brains had been dashed out.

The ladders were now applied, and
mounted by several men; which the monkey
observing, and finding himself almost
encompassed, not being able to make
speed enough with his three legs, let me
drop on a ridge tile, and made his escape.
Here I sat for some time, five hundred yards
from the ground, expecting every moment to
be blown down by the wind, or to fall by my
own giddiness, and come tumbling over
and over from the ridge to the eaves; but an
honest lad, one of my nurse’s footmen,
climbed up, and putting me into his
breeches pocket, brought me down safe.

I was almost choked with the filthy stuff the
monkey had crammed down my throat: but
my dear little nurse picked it out of my mouth
with a small needle, and then I fell a-
vomiting, which gave me great relief. Yet I
was so weak and bruised in the sides with
the squeezes given me by this odious
animal, that I was forced to keep my bed a
fortnight. The king, queen, and all the court,
sent every day to inquire after my health;
and her majesty made me several visits
during my sickness. The monkey was killed,
and an order made, that no such animal
should be kept about the palace.

When I attended the king after my recovery,

to return him thanks for his favours, he was
pleased to rally me a good deal upon this
adventure. He asked me, “what my thoughts
and speculations were, while I lay in the
monkey’s paw; how I liked the victuals he
gave me; his manner of feeding; and
whether the fresh air on the roof had
sharpened my stomach.” He desired to
know, “what I would have done upon such
an occasion in my own country.” I told his
majesty, “that in Europe we had no
monkeys, except such as were brought for
curiosity from other places, and so small,
that I could deal with a dozen of them
together, if they presumed to attack me.
And as for that monstrous animal with
whom I was so lately engaged (it was
indeed as large as an elephant), if my fears
had suffered me to think so far as to make
use of my hanger,” (looking fiercely, and
clapping my hand on the hilt, as I spoke)
“when he poked his paw into my chamber,
perhaps I should have given him such a
wound, as would have made him glad to
withdraw it with more haste than he put it in.”
This I delivered in a firm tone, like a person
who was jealous lest his courage should be
called in question. However, my speech
produced nothing else beside a laud
laughter, which all the respect due to his
majesty from those about him could not
make them contain. This made me reflect,
how vain an attempt it is for a man to
endeavour to do himself honour among
those who are out of all degree of equality
or comparison with him. And yet I have seen
the moral of my own behaviour very frequent
in England since my return; where a little
contemptible varlet, without the least title to
birth, person, wit, or common sense, shall
presume to look with importance, and put
himself upon a foot with the greatest
persons of the kingdom.

I was every day furnishing the court with
some ridiculous story: and Glumdalclitch,

-64-

although she loved me to excess, yet was
arch enough to inform the queen, whenever
I committed any folly that she thought would
be diverting to her majesty. The girl, who
had been out of order, was carried by her
governess to take the air about an hour’s
distance, or thirty miles from town. They
alighted out of the coach near a small foot-
path in a field, and Glumdalclitch setting
down my travelling box, I went out of it to
walk. There was a cow-dung in the path,
and I must need try my activity by attempting
to leap over it. I took a run, but unfortunately
jumped short, and found myself just in the
middle up to my knees. I waded through with
some difficulty, and one of the footmen
wiped me as clean as he could with his
handkerchief, for I was filthily bemired; and
my nurse confined me to my box, till we
returned home; where the queen was soon
informed of what had passed, and the
footmen spread it about the court: so that all
the mirth for some days was at my expense.

CHAPTER VI.

[Several contrivances of the author to
please the king and queen. He shows his
skill in music. The king inquires into the state
of England, which the author relates to him.
The king’s observations thereon.]

I used to attend the king’s levee once or
twice a week, and had often seen him
under the barber’s hand, which indeed was
at first very terrible to behold; for the razor
was almost twice as long as an ordinary
scythe. His majesty, according to the
custom of the country, was only shaved
twice a-week. I once prevailed on the
barber to give me some of the suds or
lather, out of which I picked forty or fifty of
the strongest stumps of hair. I then took a
piece of fine wood, and cut it like the back
of a comb, making several holes in it at
equal distances with as small a needle as I

could get from Glumdalclitch. I fixed in the
stumps so artificially, scraping and sloping
them with my knife toward the points, that I
made a very tolerable comb; which was a
seasonable supply, my own being so much
broken in the teeth, that it was almost
useless: neither did I know any artist in that
country so nice and exact, as would
undertake to make me another.

And this puts me in mind of an amusement,
wherein I spent many of my leisure hours. I
desired the queen’s woman to save for me
the combings of her majesty’s hair,
whereof in time I got a good quantity; and
consulting with my friend the cabinet-
maker, who had received general orders to
do little jobs for me, I directed him to make
two chair-frames, no larger than those I had
in my box, and to bore little holes with a fine
awl, round those parts where I designed the
backs and seats; through these holes I
wove the strongest hairs I could pick out,
just after the manner of cane chairs in
England. When they were finished, I made a
present of them to her majesty; who kept
them in her cabinet, and used to show them
for curiosities, as indeed they were the
wonder of every one that beheld them. The
queen would have me sit upon one of these
chairs, but I absolutely refused to obey her,
protesting I would rather die than place a
dishonourable part of my body on those
precious hairs, that once adorned her
majesty’s head. Of these hairs (as I had
always a mechanical genius) I likewise
made a neat little purse, about five feet
long, with her majesty’s name deciphered
in gold letters, which I gave to Glumdalclitch,
by the queen’s consent. To say the truth, it
was more for show than use, being not of
strength to bear the weight of the larger
coins, and therefore she kept nothing in it
but some little toys that girls are fond of.

The king, who delighted in music, had

-65-

frequent concerts at court, to which I was
sometimes carried, and set in my box on a
table to hear them: but the noise was so
great that I could hardly distinguish the
tunes. I am confident that all the drums and
trumpets of a royal army, beating and
sounding together just at your ears, could
not equal it. My practice was to have my box
removed from the place where the
performers sat, as far as I could, then to
shut the doors and windows of it, and draw
the window curtains; after which I found
their music not disagreeable.

I had learned in my youth to play a little upon
the spinet. Glumdalclitch kept one in her
chamber, and a master attended twice a-
week to teach her: I called it a spinet,
because it somewhat resembled that
instrument, and was played upon in the
same manner. A fancy came into my head,
that I would entertain the king and queen
with an English tune upon this instrument.
But this appeared extremely difficult: for the
spinet was near sixty feet long, each key
being almost a foot wide, so that with my
arms extended I could not reach to above
five keys, and to press them down required
a good smart stroke with my fist, which
would be too great a labour, and to no
purpose. The method I contrived was this: I
prepared two round sticks, about the
bigness of common cudgels; they were
thicker at one end than the other, and I
covered the thicker ends with pieces of a
mouse’s skin, that by rapping on them I
might neither damage the tops of the keys
nor interrupt the sound. Before the spinet a
bench was placed, about four feet below
the keys, and I was put upon the bench. I ran
sideling upon it, that way and this, as fast as
I could, banging the proper keys with my two
sticks, and made a shift to play a jig, to the
great satisfaction of both their majesties;
but it was the most violent exercise I ever
underwent; and yet I could not strike above

sixteen keys, nor consequently play the
bass and treble together, as other artists
do; which was a great disadvantage to my
performance.

The king, who, as I before observed, was a
prince of excellent understanding, would
frequently order that I should be brought in
my box, and set upon the table in his closet:
he would then command me to bring one of
my chairs out of the box, and sit down within
three yards distance upon the top of the
cabinet, which brought me almost to a level
with his face. In this manner I had several
conversations with him. I one day took the
freedom to tell his majesty, “that the
contempt he discovered towards Europe,
and the rest of the world, did not seem
answerable to those excellent qualities of
mind that he was master of; that reason did
not extend itself with the bulk of the body; on
the contrary, we observed in our country,
that the tallest persons were usually the
least provided with it; that among other
animals, bees and ants had the reputation
of more industry, art, and sagacity, than
many of the larger kinds; and that, as
inconsiderable as he took me to be, I hoped
I might live to do his majesty some signal
service.” The king heard me with attention,
and began to conceive a much better
opinion of me than he had ever before. He
desired “I would give him as exact an
account of the government of England as I
possibly could; because, as fond as
princes commonly are of their own customs
(for so he conjectured of other monarchs,
by my former discourses), he should be
glad to hear of any thing that might deserve
imitation.”

Imagine with thyself, courteous reader, how
often I then wished for the tongue of
Demosthenes or Cicero, that might have
enabled me to celebrate the praise of my
own dear native country in a style equal to its

-66-

merits and felicity.

I began my discourse by informing his
majesty, that our dominions consisted of
two islands, which composed three mighty
kingdoms, under one sovereign, beside our
plantations in America. I dwelt long upon the
fertility of our soil, and the temperature of
our climate. I then spoke at large upon the
constitution of an English parliament; partly
made up of an illustrious body called the
House of Peers; persons of the noblest
blood, and of the most ancient and ample
patrimonies. I described that extraordinary
care always taken of their education in arts
and arms, to qualify them for being
counsellors both to the king and kingdom; to
have a share in the legislature; to be
members of the highest court of judicature,
whence there can be no appeal; and to be
champions always ready for the defence of
their prince and country, by their valour,
conduct, and fidelity. That these were the
ornament and bulwark of the kingdom,
worthy followers of their most renowned
ancestors, whose honour had been the
reward of their virtue, from which their
posterity were never once known to
degenerate. To these were joined several
holy persons, as part of that assembly,
under the title of bishops, whose peculiar
business is to take care of religion, and of
those who instruct the people therein. These
were searched and sought out through the
whole nation, by the prince and his wisest
counsellors, among such of the priesthood
as were most deservedly distinguished by
the sanctity of their lives, and the depth of
their erudition; who were indeed the
spiritual fathers of the clergy and the
people.

That the other part of the parliament
consisted of an assembly called the House
of Commons, who were all principal
gentlemen, freely picked and culled out by

the people themselves, for their great
abilities and love of their country, to
represent the wisdom of the whole nation.
And that these two bodies made up the
most august assembly in Europe; to whom,
in conjunction with the prince, the whole
legislature is committed.

I then descended to the courts of justice;
over which the judges, those venerable
sages and interpreters of the law, presided,
for determining the disputed rights and
properties of men, as well as for the
punishment of vice and protection of
innocence. I mentioned the prudent
management of our treasury; the valour and
achievements of our forces, by sea and
land. I computed the number of our people,
by reckoning how many millions there might
be of each religious sect, or political party
among us. I did not omit even our sports and
pastimes, or any other particular which I
thought might redound to the honour of my
country. And I finished all with a brief
historical account of affairs and events in
England for about a hundred years past.

This conversation was not ended under five
audiences, each of several hours; and the
king heard the whole with great attention,
frequently taking notes of what I spoke, as
well as memorandums of what questions he
intended to ask me.

When I had put an end to these long
discources, his majesty, in a sixth
audience, consulting his notes, proposed
many doubts, queries, and objections,
upon every article. He asked, “What
methods were used to cultivate the minds
and bodies of our young nobility, and in
what kind of business they commonly spent
the first and teachable parts of their lives?
What course was taken to supply that
assembly, when any noble family became
extinct? What qualifications were necessary

-67-

in those who are to be created new lords:
whether the humour of the prince, a sum of
money to a court lady, or a design of
strengthening a party opposite to the public
interest, ever happened to be the motive in
those advancements? What share of
knowledge these lords had in the laws of
their country, and how they came by it, so as
to enable them to decide the properties of
their fellow-subjects in the last resort?
Whether they were always so free from
avarice, partialities, or want, that a bribe, or
some other sinister view, could have no
place among them? Whether those holy
lords I spoke of were always promoted to
that rank upon account of their knowledge in
religious matters, and the sanctity of their
lives; had never been compliers with the
times, while they were common priests; or
slavish prostitute chaplains to some
nobleman, whose opinions they continued
servilely to follow, after they were admitted
into that assembly?”

He then desired to know, “What arts were
practised in electing those whom I called
commoners: whether a stranger, with a
strong purse, might not influence the vulgar
voters to choose him before their own
landlord, or the most considerable
gentleman in the neighbourhood? How it
came to pass, that people were so violently
bent upon getting into this assembly, which I
allowed to be a great trouble and expense,
often to the ruin of their families, without any
salary or pension? because this appeared
such an exalted strain of virtue and public
spirit, that his majesty seemed to doubt it
might possibly not be always sincere.” And
he desired to know, “Whether such zealous
gentlemen could have any views of
refunding themselves for the charges and
trouble they were at by sacrificing the public
good to the designs of a weak and vicious
prince, in conjunction with a corrupted
ministry?” He multiplied his questions, and

sifted me thoroughly upon every part of this
head, proposing numberless inquiries and
objections, which I think it not prudent or
convenient to repeat.

Upon what I said in relation to our courts of
justice, his majesty desired to be satisfied
in several points: and this I was the better
able to do, having been formerly almost
ruined by a long suit in chancery, which was
decreed for me with costs. He asked, “What
time was usually spent in determining
between right and wrong, and what degree
of expense? Whether advocates and
orators had liberty to plead in causes
manifestly known to be unjust, vexatious, or
oppressive? Whether party, in religion or
politics, were observed to be of any weight
in the scale of justice? Whether those
pleading orators were persons educated in
the general knowledge of equity, or only in
provincial, national, and other local
customs? Whether they or their judges had
any part in penning those laws, which they
assumed the liberty of interpreting, and
glossing upon at their pleasure? Whether
they had ever, at different times, pleaded
for and against the same cause, and cited
precedents to prove contrary opinions?
Whether they were a rich or a poor
corporation? Whether they received any
pecuniary reward for pleading, or delivering
their opinions? And particularly, whether
they were ever admitted as members in the
lower senate?”

He fell next upon the management of our
treasury; and said, “he thought my memory
had failed me, because I computed our
taxes at about five or six millions a-year,
and when I came to mention the issues, he
found they sometimes amounted to more
than double; for the notes he had taken
were very particular in this point, because
he hoped, as he told me, that the
knowledge of our conduct might be useful to

-68-

him, and he could not be deceived in his
calculations. But, if what I told him were
true, he was still at a loss how a kingdom
could run out of its estate, like a private
person.” He asked me, “who were our
creditors; and where we found money to
pay them?” He wondered to hear me talk of
such chargeable and expensive wars; “that
certainly we must be a quarrelsome people,
or live among very bad neighbours, and that
our generals must needs be richer than our
kings.” He asked, what business we had
out of our own islands, unless upon the
score of trade, or treaty, or to defend the
coasts with our fleet?” Above all, he was
amazed to hear me talk of a mercenary
standing army, in the midst of peace, and
among a free people. He said, “if we were
governed by our own consent, in the
persons of our representatives, he could not
imagine of whom we were afraid, or
against whom we were to fight; and would
hear my opinion, whether a private man’s
house might not be better defended by
himself, his children, and family, than by
half-a-dozen rascals, picked up at a
venture in the streets for small wages, who
might get a hundred times more by cutting
their throats?”

He laughed at my “odd kind of arithmetic,”
as he was pleased to call it, “in reckoning
the numbers of our people, by a
computation drawn from the several sects
among us, in religion and politics.” He said,
“he knew no reason why those, who
entertain opinions prejudicial to the public,
should be obliged to change, or should not
be obliged to conceal them. And as it was
tyranny in any government to require the
first, so it was weakness not to enforce the
second: for a man may be allowed to keep
poisons in his closet, but not to vend them
about for cordials.”

He observed, “that among the diversions of

our nobility and gentry, I had mentioned
gaming: he desired to know at what age this
entertainment was usually taken up, and
when it was laid down; how much of their
time it employed; whether it ever went so
high as to affect their fortunes; whether
mean, vicious people, by their dexterity in
that art, might not arrive at great riches, and
sometimes keep our very nobles in
dependence, as well as habituate them to
vile companions, wholly take them from the
improvement of their minds, and force
them, by the losses they received, to learn
and practise that infamous dexterity upon
others?”

He was perfectly astonished with the
historical account gave him of our affairs
during the last century; protesting “it was
only a heap of conspiracies, rebellions,
murders, massacres, revolutions,
banishments, the very worst effects that
avarice, faction, hypocrisy, perfidiousness,
cruelty, rage, madness, hatred, envy, lust,
malice, and ambition, could produce.”

His majesty, in another audience, was at
the pains to recapitulate the sum of all I had
spoken; compared the questions he made
with the answers I had given; then taking me
into his hands, and stroking me gently,
delivered himself in these words, which I
shall never forget, nor the manner he spoke
them in: “My little friend Grildrig, you have
made a most admirable panegyric upon
your country; you have clearly proved, that
ignorance, idleness, and vice, are the
proper ingredients for qualifying a
legislator; that laws are best explained,
interpreted, and applied, by those whose
interest and abilities lie in perverting,
confounding, and eluding them. I observe
among you some lines of an institution,
which, in its original, might have been
tolerable, but these half erased, and the rest
wholly blurred and blotted by corruptions. It

-69-

does not appear, from all you have said,
how any one perfection is required toward
the procurement of any one station among
you; much less, that men are ennobled on
account of their virtue; that priests are
advanced for their piety or learning;
soldiers, for their conduct or valour; judges,
for their integrity; senators, for the love of
their country; or counsellors for their
wisdom. As for yourself,” continued the
king, “who have spent the greatest part of
your life in travelling, I am well disposed to
hope you may hitherto have escaped many
vices of your country. But by what I have
gathered from your own relation, and the
answers I have with much pains wrung and
extorted from you, I cannot but conclude the
bulk of your natives to be the most
pernicious race of little odious vermin that
nature ever suffered to crawl upon the
surface of the earth.”

CHAPTER VII.

[The author’s love of his country. He makes
a proposal of much advantage to the king,
which is rejected. The king’s great
ignorance in politics. The learning of that
country very imperfect and confined. The
laws, and military affairs, and parties in the
state.]

Nothing but an extreme love of truth could
have hindered me from concealing this part
of my story. It was in vain to discover my
resentments, which were always turned into
ridicule; and I was forced to rest with
patience, while my noble and beloved
country was so injuriously treated. I am as
heartily sorry as any of my readers can
possibly be, that such an occasion was
given: but this prince happened to be so
curious and inquisitive upon every
particular, that it could not consist either with
gratitude or good manners, to refuse giving
him what satisfaction I was able. Yet thus

much I may be allowed to say in my own
vindication, that I artfully eluded many of his
questions, and gave to every point a more
favourable turn, by many degrees, than the
strictness of truth would allow. For I have
always borne that laudable partiality to my
own country, which Dionysius
Halicarnassensis, with so much justice,
recommends to an historian: I would hide
the frailties and deformities of my political
mother, and place her virtues and beauties
in the most advantageous light. This was my
sincere endeavour in those many
discourses I had with that monarch,
although it unfortunately failed of success.

But great allowances should be given to a
king, who lives wholly secluded from the
rest of the world, and must therefore be
altogether unacquainted with the manners
and customs that most prevail in other
nations: the want of which knowledge will
ever produce many prejudices, and a
certain narrowness of thinking, from which
we, and the politer countries of Europe, are
wholly exempted. And it would be hard
indeed, if so remote a prince’s notions of
virtue and vice were to be offered as a
standard for all mankind.

To confirm what I have now said, and further
to show the miserable effects of a confined
education, I shall here insert a passage,
which will hardly obtain belief. In hopes to
ingratiate myself further into his majesty’s
favour, I told him of “an invention,
discovered between three and four hundred
years ago, to make a certain powder, into a
heap of which, the smallest spark of fire
falling, would kindle the whole in a moment,
although it were as big as a mountain, and
make it all fly up in the air together, with a
noise and agitation greater than thunder.
That a proper quantity of this powder
rammed into a hollow tube of brass or iron,
according to its bigness, would drive a ball

-70-

of iron or lead, with such violence and
speed, as nothing was able to sustain its
force. That the largest balls thus
discharged, would not only destroy whole
ranks of an army at once, but batter the
strongest walls to the ground, sink down
ships, with a thousand men in each, to the
bottom of the sea, and when linked together
by a chain, would cut through masts and
rigging, divide hundreds of bodies in the
middle, and lay all waste before them. That
we often put this powder into large hollow
balls of iron, and discharged them by an
engine into some city we were besieging,
which would rip up the pavements, tear the
houses to pieces, burst and throw splinters
on every side, dashing out the brains of all
who came near. That I knew the ingredients
very well, which were cheap and common; I
understood the manner of compounding
them, and could direct his workmen how to
make those tubes, of a size proportionable
to all other things in his majesty’s kingdom,
and the largest need not be above a
hundred feet long; twenty or thirty of which
tubes, charged with the proper quantity of
powder and balls, would batter down the
walls of the strongest town in his dominions
in a few hours, or destroy the whole
metropolis, if ever it should pretend to
dispute his absolute commands.” This I
humbly offered to his majesty, as a small
tribute of acknowledgment, in turn for so
many marks that I had received, of his royal
favour and protection.

The king was struck with horror at the
description I had given of those terrible
engines, and the proposal I had made. “He
was amazed, how so impotent and
grovelling an insect as I” (these were his
expressions) “could entertain such inhuman
ideas, and in so familiar a manner, as to
appear wholly unmoved at all the scenes of
blood and desolation which I had painted as
the common effects of those destructive

machines; whereof,” he said, “some evil
genius, enemy to mankind, must have been
the first contriver. As for himself, he
protested, that although few things
delighted him so much as new discoveries
in art or in nature, yet he would rather lose
half his kingdom, than be privy to such a
secret; which he commanded me, as I
valued any life, never to mention any more.”

A strange effect of narrow principles and
views! that a prince possessed of every
quality which procures veneration, love, and
esteem; of strong parts, great wisdom, and
profound learning, endowed with admirable
talents, and almost adored by his subjects,
should, from a nice, unnecessary scruple,
whereof in Europe we can have no
conception, let slip an opportunity put into
his hands that would have made him
absolute master of the lives, the liberties,
and the fortunes of his people! Neither do I
say this, with the least intention to detract
from the many virtues of that excellent king,
whose character, I am sensible, will, on this
account, be very much lessened in the
opinion of an English reader: but I take this
defect among them to have risen from their
ignorance, by not having hitherto reduced
politics into a science, as the more acute
wits of Europe have done. For, I remember
very well, in a discourse one day with the
king, when I happened to say, “there were
several thousand books among us written
upon the art of government,” it gave him
(directly contrary to my intention) a very
mean opinion of our understandings. He
professed both to abominate and despise
all mystery, refinement, and intrigue, either
in a prince or a minister. He could not tell
what I meant by secrets of state, where an
enemy, or some rival nation, were not in the
case. He confined the knowledge of
governing within very narrow bounds, to
common sense and reason, to justice and
lenity, to the speedy determination of civil

-71-

and criminal causes; with some other
obvious topics, which are not worth
considering. And he gave it for his opinion,
“that whoever could make two ears of corn,
or two blades of grass, to grow upon a spot
of ground where only one grew before,
would deserve better of mankind, and do
more essential service to his country, than
the whole race of politicians put together.”

The learning of this people is very defective,
consisting only in morality, history, poetry,
and mathematics, wherein they must be
allowed to excel. But the last of these is
wholly applied to what may be useful in life,
to the improvement of agriculture, and all
mechanical arts; so that among us, it would
be little esteemed. And as to ideas, entities,
abstractions, and transcendentals, I could
never drive the least conception into their
heads.

No law in that country must exceed in words
the number of letters in their alphabet, which
consists only of two and twenty. But indeed
few of them extend even to that length. They
are expressed in the most plain and simple
terms, wherein those people are not
mercurial enough to discover above one
interpretation: and to write a comment upon
any law, is a capital crime. As to the
decision of civil causes, or proceedings
against criminals, their precedents are so
few, that they have little reason to boast of
any extraordinary skill in either.

They have had the art of printing, as well as
the Chinese, time out of mind: but their
libraries are not very large; for that of the
king, which is reckoned the largest, does
not amount to above a thousand volumes,
placed in a gallery of twelve hundred feet
long, whence I had liberty to borrow what
books I pleased. The queen’s joiner had
contrived in one of Glumdalclitch’s rooms, a
kind of wooden machine five-and-twenty

feet high, formed like a standing ladder; the
steps were each fifty feet long. It was
indeed a moveable pair of stairs, the lowest
end placed at ten feet distance from the wall
of the chamber. The book I had a mind to
read, was put up leaning against the wall: I
first mounted to the upper step of the
ladder, and turning my face towards the
book, began at the top of the page, and so
walking to the right and left about eight or
ten paces, according to the length of the
lines, till I had gotten a little below the level of
mine eyes, and then descending gradually
till I came to the bottom: after which I
mounted again, and began the other page
in the same manner, and so turned over the
leaf, which I could easily do with both my
hands, for it was as thick and stiff as a
pasteboard, and in the largest folios not
above eighteen or twenty feet long.

Their style is clear, masculine, and smooth,
but not florid; for they avoid nothing more
than multiplying unnecessary words, or
using various expressions. I have perused
many of their books, especially those in
history and morality. Among the rest, I was
much diverted with a little old treatise, which
always lay in Glumdalclitch’s bed chamber,
and belonged to her governess, a grave
elderly gentlewoman, who dealt in writings
of morality and devotion. The book treats of
the weakness of human kind, and is in little
esteem, except among the women and the
vulgar. However, I was curious to see what
an author of that country could say upon
such a subject. This writer went through all
the usual topics of European moralists,
showing “how diminutive, contemptible,
and helpless an animal was man in his own
nature; how unable to defend himself from
inclemencies of the air, or the fury of wild
beasts: how much he was excelled by one
creature in strength, by another in speed, by
a third in foresight, by a fourth in industry.”
He added, “that nature was degenerated in

-72-

these latter declining ages of the world, and
could now produce only small abortive
births, in comparison of those in ancient
times.” He said “it was very reasonable to
think, not only that the species of men were
originally much larger, but also that there
must have been giants in former ages;
which, as it is asserted by history and
tradition, so it has been confirmed by huge
bones and skulls, casually dug up in several
parts of the kingdom, far exceeding the
common dwindled race of men in our days.”
He argued, “that the very laws of nature
absolutely required we should have been
made, in the beginning of a size more large
and robust; not so liable to destruction from
every little accident, of a tile falling from a
house, or a stone cast from the hand of a
boy, or being drowned in a little brook.”
From this way of reasoning, the author drew
several moral applications, useful in the
conduct of life, but needless here to repeat.
For my own part, I could not avoid reflecting
how universally this talent was spread, of
drawing lectures in morality, or indeed
rather matter of discontent and repining,
from the quarrels we raise with nature. And I
believe, upon a strict inquiry, those quarrels
might be shown as ill-grounded among us
as they are among that people.

As to their military affairs, they boast that
the king’s army consists of a hundred and
seventy-six thousand foot, and thirty-two
thousand horse: if that may be called an
army, which is made up of tradesmen in the
several cities, and farmers in the country,
whose commanders are only the nobility
and gentry, without pay or reward. They are
indeed perfect enough in their exercises,
and under very good discipline, wherein I
saw no great merit; for how should it be
otherwise, where every farmer is under the
command of his own landlord, and every
citizen under that of the principal men in his
own city, chosen after the manner of

Venice, by ballot?

I have often seen the militia of Lorbrulgrud
drawn out to exercise, in a great field near
the city of twenty miles square. They were in
all not above twenty-five thousand foot, and
six thousand horse; but it was impossible
for me to compute their number,
considering the space of ground they took
up. A cavalier, mounted on a large steed,
might be about ninety feet high. I have seen
this whole body of horse, upon a word of
command, draw their swords at once, and
brandish them in the air. Imagination can
figure nothing so grand, so surprising, and
so astonishing! it looked as if ten thousand
flashes of lightning were darting at the
same time from every quarter of the sky.

I was curious to know how this prince, to
whose dominions there is no access from
any other country, came to think of armies,
or to teach his people the practice of military
discipline. But I was soon informed, both by
conversation and reading their histories;
for, in the course of many ages, they have
been troubled with the same disease to
which the whole race of mankind is subject;
the nobility often contending for power, the
people for liberty, and the king for absolute
dominion. All which, however happily
tempered by the laws of that kingdom, have
been sometimes violated by each of the
three parties, and have more than once
occasioned civil wars; the last whereof was
happily put an end to by this prince’s grand-
father, in a general composition; and the
militia, then settled with common consent,
has been ever since kept in the strictest
duty.

CHAPTER VIII.

[The king and queen make a progress to the
frontiers. The author attends them. The
manner in which he leaves the country very

-73-

particularly related. He returns to England.]

I had always a strong impulse that I should
some time recover my liberty, though it was
impossible to conjecture by what means, or
to form any project with the least hope of
succeeding. The ship in which I sailed, was
the first ever known to be driven within sight
of that coast, and the king had given strict
orders, that if at any time another appeared,
it should be taken ashore, and with all its
crew and passengers brought in a tumbril to
Lorbrulgrud. He was strongly bent to get me
a woman of my own size, by whom I might
propagate the breed: but I think I should
rather have died than undergone the
disgrace of leaving a posterity to be kept in
cages, like tame canary-birds, and
perhaps, in time, sold about the kingdom, to
persons of quality, for curiosities. I was
indeed treated with much kindness: I was
the favourite of a great king and queen, and
the delight of the whole court; but it was
upon such a foot as ill became the dignity of
humankind. I could never forget those
domestic pledges I had left behind me. I
wanted to be among people, with whom I
could converse upon even terms, and walk
about the streets and fields without being
afraid of being trod to death like a frog or a
young puppy. But my deliverance came
sooner than I expected, and in a manner not
very common; the whole story and
circumstances of which I shall faithfully
relate.

I had now been two years in this country;
and about the beginning of the third,
Glumdalclitch and I attended the king and
queen, in a progress to the south coast of
the kingdom. I was carried, as usual, in my
travelling-box, which as I have already
described, was a very convenient closet, of
twelve feet wide. And I had ordered a
hammock to be fixed, by silken ropes from
the four corners at the top, to break the jolts,

when a servant carried me before him on
horseback, as I sometimes desired; and
would often sleep in my hammock, while we
were upon the road. On the roof of my
closet, not directly over the middle of the
hammock, I ordered the joiner to cut out a
hole of a foot square, to give me air in hot
weather, as I slept; which hole I shut at
pleasure with a board that drew backward
and forward through a groove.

When we came to our journey’s end, the
king thought proper to pass a few days at a
palace he has near Flanflasnic, a city within
eighteen English miles of the seaside.
Glumdalclitch and I were much fatigued: I
had gotten a small cold, but the poor girl
was so ill as to be confined to her chamber. I
longed to see the ocean, which must be the
only scene of my escape, if ever it should
happen. I pretended to be worse than I really
was, and desired leave to take the fresh air
of the sea, with a page, whom I was very
fond of, and who had sometimes been
trusted with me. I shall never forget with
what unwillingness Glumdalclitch
consented, nor the strict charge she gave
the page to be careful of me, bursting at the
same time into a flood of tears, as if she
had some forboding of what was to
happen. The boy took me out in my box,
about half an hours walk from the palace,
towards the rocks on the sea-shore. I
ordered him to set me down, and lifting up
one of my sashes, cast many a wistful
melancholy look towards the sea. I found
myself not very well, and told the page that I
had a mind to take a nap in my hammock,
which I hoped would do me good. I got in,
and the boy shut the window close down, to
keep out the cold. I soon fell asleep, and all I
can conjecture is, while I slept, the page,
thinking no danger could happen, went
among the rocks to look for birds’ eggs,
having before observed him from my
window searching about, and picking up

-74-

one or two in the clefts. Be that as it will, I
found myself suddenly awaked with a
violent pull upon the ring, which was
fastened at the top of my box for the
conveniency of carriage. I felt my box raised
very high in the air, and then borne forward
with prodigious speed. The first jolt had like
to have shaken me out of my hammock, but
afterward the motion was easy enough. I
called out several times, as loud as I could
raise my voice, but all to no purpose. I
looked towards my windows, and could see
nothing but the clouds and sky. I heard a
noise just over my head, like the clapping of
wings, and then began to perceive the woful
condition I was in; that some eagle had got
the ring of my box in his beak, with an intent
to let it fall on a rock, like a tortoise in a shell,
and then pick out my body, and devour it: for
the sagacity and smell of this bird enables
him to discover his quarry at a great
distance, though better concealed than I
could be within a two-inch board.

In a little time, I observed the noise and
flutter of wings to increase very fast, and my
box was tossed up and down, like a sign in
a windy day. I heard several bangs or
buffets, as I thought given to the eagle (for
such I am certain it must have been that held
the ring of my box in his beak), and then, all
on a sudden, felt myself falling
perpendicularly down, for above a minute,
but with such incredible swiftness, that I
almost lost my breath. My fall was stopped
by a terrible squash, that sounded louder to
my ears than the cataract of Niagara; after
which, I was quite in the dark for another
minute, and then my box began to rise so
high, that I could see light from the tops of
the windows. I now perceived I was fallen
into the sea. My box, by the weight of my
body, the goods that were in, and the broad
plates of iron fixed for strength at the four
corners of the top and bottom, floated about
five feet deep in water. I did then, and do

now suppose, that the eagle which flew
away with my box was pursued by two or
three others, and forced to let me drop,
while he defended himself against the rest,
who hoped to share in the prey. The plates
of iron fastened at the bottom of the box (for
those were the strongest) preserved the
balance while it fell, and hindered it from
being broken on the surface of the water.
Every joint of it was well grooved; and the
door did not move on hinges, but up and
down like a sash, which kept my closet so
tight that very little water came in. I got with
much difficulty out of my hammock, having
first ventured to draw back the slip-board
on the roof already mentioned, contrived on
purpose to let in air, for want of which I
found myself almost stifled.

How often did I then wish myself with my
dear Glumdalclitch, from whom one single
hour had so far divided me! And I may say
with truth, that in the midst of my own
misfortunes I could not forbear lamenting
my poor nurse, the grief she would suffer for
my loss, the displeasure of the queen, and
the ruin of her fortune. Perhaps many
travellers have not been under greater
difficulties and distress than I was at this
juncture, expecting every moment to see
my box dashed to pieces, or at least overset
by the first violent blast, or rising wave. A
breach in one single pane of glass would
have been immediate death: nor could any
thing have preserved the windows, but the
strong lattice wires placed on the outside,
against accidents in travelling. I saw the
water ooze in at several crannies, although
the leaks were not considerable, and I
endeavoured to stop them as well as I could.
I was not able to lift up the roof of my closet,
which otherwise I certainly should have
done, and sat on the top of it; where I might
at least preserve myself some hours longer,
than by being shut up (as I may call it) in the
hold. Or if I escaped these dangers for a

-75-

day or two, what could I expect but a
miserable death of cold and hunger? I was
four hours under these circumstances,
expecting, and indeed wishing, every
moment to be my last.

I have already told the reader that there
were two strong staples fixed upon that side
of my box which had no window, and into
which the servant, who used to carry me on
horseback, would put a leathern belt, and
buckle it about his waist. Being in this
disconsolate state, I heard, or at least
thought I heard, some kind of grating noise
on that side of my box where the staples
were fixed; and soon after I began to fancy
that the box was pulled or towed along the
sea; for I now and then felt a sort of tugging,
which made the waves rise near the tops of
my windows, leaving me almost in the dark.
This gave me some faint hopes of relief,
although I was not able to imagine how it
could be brought about. I ventured to
unscrew one of my chairs, which were
always fastened to the floor; and having
made a hard shift to screw it down again,
directly under the slipping-board that I had
lately opened, I mounted on the chair, and
putting my mouth as near as I could to the
hole, I called for help in a loud voice, and in
all the languages I understood. I then
fastened my handkerchief to a stick I usually
carried, and thrusting it up the hole, waved it
several times in the air, that if any boat or
ship were near, the seamen might
conjecture some unhappy mortal to be shut
up in the box.

I found no effect from all I could do, but
plainly perceived my closet to be moved
along; and in the space of an hour, or better,
that side of the box where the staples were,
and had no windows, struck against
something that was hard. I apprehended it
to be a rock, and found myself tossed more
than ever. I plainly heard a noise upon the

cover of my closet, like that of a cable, and
the grating of it as it passed through the ring.
I then found myself hoisted up, by degrees,
at least three feet higher than I was before.
Whereupon I again thrust up my stick and
handkerchief, calling for help till I was
almost hoarse. In return to which, I heard a
great shout repeated three times, giving me
such transports of joy as are not to be
conceived but by those who feel them. I now
heard a trampling over my head, and
somebody calling through the hole with a
loud voice, in the English tongue, “If there be
any body below, let them speak.” I
answered, “I was an Englishman, drawn by
ill fortune into the greatest calamity that ever
any creature underwent, and begged, by all
that was moving, to be delivered out of the
dungeon I was in.” The voice replied, “I was
safe, for my box was fastened to their ship;
and the carpenter should immediately come
and saw a hole in the cover, large enough to
pull me out.” I answered, “that was
needless, and would take up too much time;
for there was no more to be done, but let
one of the crew put his finger into the ring,
and take the box out of the sea into the ship,
and so into the captain’s cabin.” Some of
them, upon hearing me talk so wildly,
thought I was mad: others laughed; for
indeed it never came into my head, that I
was now got among people of my own
stature and strength. The carpenter came,
and in a few minutes sawed a passage
about four feet square, then let down a
small ladder, upon which I mounted, and
thence was taken into the ship in a very
weak condition.

The sailors were all in amazement, and
asked me a thousand questions, which I
had no inclination to answer. I was equally
confounded at the sight of so many
pigmies, for such I took them to be, after
having so long accustomed mine eyes to
the monstrous objects I had left. But the

-76-

captain, Mr. Thomas Wilcocks, an honest
worthy Shropshire man, observing I was
ready to faint, took me into his cabin, gave
me a cordial to comfort me, and made me
turn in upon his own bed, advising me to
take a little rest, of which I had great need.
Before I went to sleep, I gave him to
understand that I had some valuable
furniture in my box, too good to be lost: a
fine hammock, a handsome field-bed, two
chairs, a table, and a cabinet; that my closet
was hung on all sides, or rather quilted, with
silk and cotton; that if he would let one of the
crew bring my closet into his cabin, I would
open it there before him, and show him my
goods. The captain, hearing me utter these
absurdities, concluded I was raving;
however (I suppose to pacify me) he
promised to give order as I desired, and
going upon deck, sent some of his men
down into my closet, whence (as I
afterwards found) they drew up all my
goods, and stripped off the quilting; but the
chairs, cabinet, and bedstead, being
screwed to the floor, were much damaged
by the ignorance of the seamen, who tore
them up by force. Then they knocked off
some of the boards for the use of the ship,
and when they had got all they had a mind
for, let the hull drop into the sea, which by
reason of many breaches made in the
bottom and sides, sunk to rights. And,
indeed, I was glad not to have been a
spectator of the havoc they made, because
I am confident it would have sensibly
touched me, by bringing former passages
into my mind, which I would rather have
forgot.

I slept some hours, but perpetually disturbed
with dreams of the place I had left, and the
dangers I had escaped. However, upon
waking, I found myself much recovered. It
was now about eight o’clock at night, and
the captain ordered supper immediately,
thinking I had already fasted too long. He

entertained me with great kindness,
observing me not to look wildly, or talk
inconsistently: and, when we were left
alone, desired I would give him a relation of
my travels, and by what accident I came to
be set adrift, in that monstrous wooden
chest. He said “that about twelve o’clock at
noon, as he was looking through his glass,
he spied it at a distance, and thought it was
a sail, which he had a mind to make, being
not much out of his course, in hopes of
buying some biscuit, his own beginning to
fall short. That upon coming nearer, and
finding his error, he sent out his long-boat to
discover what it was; that his men came
back in a fright, swearing they had seen a
swimming house. That he laughed at their
folly, and went himself in the boat, ordering
his men to take a strong cable along with
them. That the weather being calm, he
rowed round me several times, observed
my windows and wire lattices that defended
them. That he discovered two staples upon
one side, which was all of boards, without
any passage for light. He then commanded
his men to row up to that side, and fastening
a cable to one of the staples, ordered them
to tow my chest, as they called it, toward the
ship. When it was there, he gave directions
to fasten another cable to the ring fixed in
the cover, and to raise up my chest with
pulleys, which all the sailors were not able to
do above two or three feet.” He said, “they
saw my stick and handkerchief thrust out of
the hole, and concluded that some unhappy
man must be shut up in the cavity.” I asked,
“whether he or the crew had seen any
prodigious birds in the air, about the time he
first discovered me.” To which he
answered, that discoursing this matter with
the sailors while I was asleep, one of them
said, he had observed three eagles flying
towards the north, but remarked nothing of
their being larger than the usual size:” which
I suppose must be imputed to the great
height they were at; and he could not guess

-77-

the reason of my question. I then asked the
captain, “how far he reckoned we might be
from land?” He said, “by the best
computation he could make, we were at
least a hundred leagues.” I assured him,
“that he must be mistaken by almost half, for
I had not left the country whence I came
above two hours before I dropped into the
sea.” Whereupon he began again to think
that my brain was disturbed, of which he
gave me a hint, and advised me to go to
bed in a cabin he had provided. I assured
him, “I was well refreshed with his good
entertainment and company, and as much
in my senses as ever I was in my life.” He
then grew serious, and desired to ask me
freely, “whether I were not troubled in my
mind by the consciousness of some
enormous crime, for which I was punished,
at the command of some prince, by
exposing me in that chest; as great
criminals, in other countries, have been
forced to sea in a leaky vessel, without
provisions: for although he should be sorry
to have taken so ill a man into his ship, yet
he would engage his word to set me safe
ashore, in the first port where we arrived.”
He added, “that his suspicions were much
increased by some very absurd speeches I
had delivered at first to his sailors, and
afterwards to himself, in relation to my
closet or chest, as well as by my odd looks
and behaviour while I was at supper.”

I begged his patience to hear me tell my
story, which I faithfully did, from the last time
I left England, to the moment he first
discovered me. And, as truth always forces
its way into rational minds, so this honest
worthy gentleman, who had some tincture
of learning, and very good sense, was
immediately convinced of my candour and
veracity. But further to confirm all I had said,
I entreated him to give order that my cabinet
should be brought, of which I had the key in
my pocket; for he had already informed me

how the seamen disposed of my closet. I
opened it in his own presence, and showed
him the small collection of rarities I made in
the country from which I had been so
strangely delivered. There was the comb I
had contrived out of the stumps of the king’s
beard, and another of the same materials,
but fixed into a paring of her majesty’s
thumb-nail, which served for the back.
There was a collection of needles and pins,
from a foot to half a yard long; four wasp
stings, like joiner’s tacks; some combings
of the queen’s hair; a gold ring, which one
day she made me a present of, in a most
obliging manner, taking it from her little
finger, and throwing it over my head like a
collar. I desired the captain would please to
accept this ring in return for his civilities;
which he absolutely refused. I showed him a
corn that I had cut off with my own hand,
from a maid of honour’s toe; it was about
the bigness of Kentish pippin, and grown so
hard, that when I returned England, I got it
hollowed into a cup, and set in silver. Lastly,
I desired him to see the breeches I had then
on, which were made of a mouse’s skin.

I could force nothing on him but a footman’s
tooth, which I observed him to examine with
great curiosity, and found he had a fancy for
it. He received it with abundance of thanks,
more than such a trifle could deserve. It was
drawn by an unskilful surgeon, in a mistake,
from one of Glumdalclitch’s men, who was
afflicted with the tooth-ache, but it was as
sound as any in his head. I got it cleaned,
and put it into my cabinet. It was about a foot
long, and four inches in diameter.

The captain was very well satisfied with this
plain relation I had given him, and said, “he
hoped, when we returned to England, I
would oblige the world by putting it on
paper, and making it public.” My answer
was, “that we were overstocked with books
of travels: that nothing could now pass

-78-

which was not extraordinary; wherein I
doubted some authors less consulted truth,
than their own vanity, or interest, or the
diversion of ignorant readers; that my story
could contain little beside common events,
without those ornamental descriptions of
strange plants, trees, birds, and other
animals; or of the barbarous customs and
idolatry of savage people, with which most
writers abound. However, I thanked him for
his good opinion, and promised to take the
matter into my thoughts.”

He said “he wondered at one thing very
much, which was, to hear me speak so
loud;” asking me “whether the king or queen
of that country were thick of hearing?” I told
him, “it was what I had been used to for
above two years past, and that I admired as
much at the voices of him and his men, who
seemed to me only to whisper, and yet I
could hear them well enough. But, when I
spoke in that country, it was like a man
talking in the streets, to another looking out
from the top of a steeple, unless when I was
placed on a table, or held in any person’s
hand.” I told him, “I had likewise observed
another thing, that, when I first got into the
ship, and the sailors stood all about me, I
thought they were the most little
contemptible creatures I had ever beheld.”
For indeed, while I was in that prince’s
country, I could never endure to look in a
glass, after mine eyes had been
accustomed to such prodigious objects,
because the comparison gave me so
despicable a conceit of myself. The captain
said, “that while we were at supper, he
observed me to look at every thing with a
sort of wonder, and that I often seemed
hardly able to contain my laughter, which he
knew not well how to take, but imputed it to
some disorder in my brain.” I answered, “it
was very true; and I wondered how I could
forbear, when I saw his dishes of the size of
a silver three-pence, a leg of pork hardly a

mouthful, a cup not so big as a nut-shell;”
and so I went on, describing the rest of his
household-stuff and provisions, after the
same manner. For, although he queen had
ordered a little equipage of all things
necessary for me, while I was in her
service, yet my ideas were wholly taken up
with what I saw on every side of me, and I
winked at my own littleness, as people do at
their own faults. The captain understood my
raillery very well, and merrily replied with the
old English proverb, “that he doubted mine
eyes were bigger than my belly, for he did
not observe my stomach so good, although I
had fasted all day;” and, continuing in his
mirth, protested “he would have gladly given
a hundred pounds, to have seen my closet
in the eagle’s bill, and afterwards in its fall
from so great a height into the sea; which
would certainly have been a most
astonishing object, worthy to have the
description of it transmitted to future ages:”
and the comparison of Phaëton was so
obvious, that he could not forbear applying
it, although I did not much admire the
conceit.

The captain having been at Tonquin, was, in
his return to England, driven north-
eastward to the latitude of 44 degrees, and
longitude of 143. But meeting a trade-wind
two days after I came on board him, we
sailed southward a long time, and coasting
New Holland, kept our course west-south-
west, and then south-south-west, till we
doubled the Cape of Good Hope. Our
voyage was very prosperous, but I shall not
trouble the reader with a journal of it. The
captain called in at one or two ports, and
sent in his long-boat for provisions and
fresh water; but I never went out of the ship
till we came into the Downs, which was on
the third day of June, 1706, about nine months
after my escape. I offered to leave my
goods in security for payment of my freight:
but the captain protested he would not

-79-

receive one farthing. We took a kind leave of
each other, and I made him promise he
would come to see me at my house in
Redriff. I hired a horse and guide for five
shillings, which I borrowed of the captain.

As I was on the road, observing the
littleness of the houses, the trees, the cattle,
and the people, I began to think myself in
Lilliput. I was afraid of trampling on every
traveller I met, and often called aloud to
have them stand out of the way, so that I had
like to have gotten one or two broken heads
for my impertinence.

When I came to my own house, for which I
was forced to inquire, one of the servants
opening the door, I bent down to go in, (like
a goose under a gate,) for fear of striking
my head. My wife run out to embrace me,
but I stooped lower than her knees, thinking
she could otherwise never be able to reach
my mouth. My daughter kneeled to ask my
blessing, but I could not see her till she
arose, having been so long used to stand
with my head and eyes erect to above sixty
feet; and then I went to take her up with one
hand by the waist. I looked down upon the
servants, and one or two friends who were
in the house, as if they had been pigmies
and I a giant. I told my wife, “she had been
too thrifty, for I found she had starved
herself and her daughter to nothing.” In
short, I behaved myself so unaccountably,
that they were all of the captain’s opinion
when he first saw me, and concluded I had
lost my wits. This I mention as an instance of
the great power of habit and prejudice.

In a little time, I and my family and friends
came to a right understanding: but my wife
protested “I should never go to sea any
more;” although my evil destiny so ordered,
that she had not power to hinder me, as the
reader may know hereafter. In the mean
time, I here conclude the second part of my

unfortunate voyages.

PART III. A VOYAGE TO LAPUTA,
BALNIBARBI, LUGGNAGG,
GLUBBDUBDRIB, AND JAPAN.

CHAPTER I.

[The author sets out on his third voyage. Is
taken by pirates. The malice of a Dutchman.
His arrival at an island. He is received into
Laputa.]

I had not been at home above ten days,
when Captain William Robinson, a Cornish
man, commander of the Hopewell, a stout
ship of three hundred tons, came to my
house. I had formerly been surgeon of
another ship where he was master, and a
fourth part owner, in a voyage to the Levant.
He had always treated me more like a
brother, than an inferior officer; and,
hearing of my arrival, made me a visit, as I
apprehended only out of friendship, for
nothing passed more than what is usual
after long absences. But repeating his visits
often, expressing his joy to find I me in good
health, asking, “whether I were now settled
for life?” adding, “that he intended a voyage
to the East Indies in two months,” at last he
plainly invited me, though with some
apologies, to be surgeon of the ship; “that I
should have another surgeon under me,
beside our two mates; that my salary should
be double to the usual pay; and that having
experienced my knowledge in sea-affairs
to be at least equal to his, he would enter
into any engagement to follow my advice,
as much as if I had shared in the command.”

He said so many other obliging things, and I
knew him to be so honest a man, that I could
not reject this proposal; the thirst I had of
seeing the world, notwithstanding my past
misfortunes, continuing as violent as ever.
The only difficulty that remained, was to

-80-

persuade my wife, whose consent however
I at last obtained, by the prospect of
advantage she proposed to her children.

We set out the 5th day of August, 1706, and
arrived at Fort St. George the 11th of April,
1707. We staid there three weeks to refresh
our crew, many of whom were sick. From
thence we went to Tonquin, where the
captain resolved to continue some time,
because many of the goods he intended to
buy were not ready, nor could he expect to
be dispatched in several months.
Therefore, in hopes to defray some of the
charges he must be at, he bought a sloop,
loaded it with several sorts of goods,
wherewith the Tonquinese usually trade to
the neighbouring islands, and putting
fourteen men on board, whereof three were
of the country, he appointed me master of
the sloop, and gave me power to traffic,
while he transacted his affairs at Tonquin.

We had not sailed above three days, when a
great storm arising, we were driven five
days to the north-north-east, and then to the
east: after which we had fair weather, but
still with a pretty strong gale from the west.
Upon the tenth day we were chased by two
pirates, who soon overtook us; for my sloop
was so deep laden, that she sailed very
slow, neither were we in a condition to
defend ourselves.

We were boarded about the same time by
both the pirates, who entered furiously at
the head of their men; but finding us all
prostrate upon our faces (for so I gave
order), they pinioned us with strong ropes,
and setting guard upon us, went to search
the sloop.

I observed among them a Dutchman, who
seemed to be of some authority, though he
was not commander of either ship. He knew
us by our countenances to be Englishmen,

and jabbering to us in his own language,
swore we should be tied back to back and
thrown into the sea. I spoken Dutch tolerably
well; I told him who we were, and begged
him, in consideration of our being
Christians and Protestants, of neighbouring
countries in strict alliance, that he would
move the captains to take some pity on us.
This inflamed his rage; he repeated his
threatenings, and turning to his
companions, spoke with great vehemence
in the Japanese language, as I suppose,
often using the word Christianos.

The largest of the two pirate ships was
commanded by a Japanese captain, who
spoke a little Dutch, but very imperfectly. He
came up to me, and after several questions,
which I answered in great humility, he said,
“we should not die.” I made the captain a
very low bow, and then, turning to the
Dutchman, said, “I was sorry to find more
mercy in a heathen, than in a brother
christian.” But I had soon reason to repent
those foolish words: for that malicious
reprobate, having often endeavoured in
vain to persuade both the captains that I
might be thrown into the sea (which they
would not yield to, after the promise made
me that I should not die), however, prevailed
so far, as to have a punishment inflicted on
me, worse, in all human appearance, than
death itself. My men were sent by an equal
division into both the pirate ships, and my
sloop new manned. As to myself, it was
determined that I should be set adrift in a
small canoe, with paddles and a sail, and
four days’ provisions; which last, the
Japanese captain was so kind to double out
of his own stores, and would permit no man
to search me. I got down into the canoe,
while the Dutchman, standing upon the
deck, loaded me with all the curses and
injurious terms his language could afford.

About an hour before we saw the pirates I

-81-

had taken an observation, and found we
were in the latitude of 46 N. and longitude of
183. When I was at some distance from the
pirates, I discovered, by my pocket-glass,
several islands to the south-east. I set up my
sail, the wind being fair, with a design to
reach the nearest of those islands, which I
made a shift to do, in about three hours. It
was all rocky: however I got many birds’
eggs; and, striking fire, I kindled some
heath and dry sea-weed, by which I roasted
my eggs. I ate no other supper, being
resolved to spare my provisions as much as
I could. I passed the night under the shelter
of a rock, strewing some heath under me,
and slept pretty well.

The next day I sailed to another island, and
thence to a third and fourth, sometimes
using my sail, and sometimes my paddles.
But, not to trouble the reader with a
particular account of my distresses, let it
suffice, that on the fifth day I arrived at the
last island in my sight, which lay south-
south-east to the former.

This island was at a greater distance than I
expected, and I did not reach it in less than
five hours. I encompassed it almost round,
before I could find a convenient place to
land in; which was a small creek, about
three times the wideness of my canoe. I
found the island to be all rocky, only a little
intermingled with tufts of grass, and sweet-
smelling herbs. I took out my small
provisions and after having refreshed
myself, I secured the remainder in a cave,
whereof there were great numbers; I
gathered plenty of eggs upon the rocks, and
got a quantity of dry sea-weed, and
parched grass, which I designed to kindle
the next day, and roast my eggs as well as I
could, for I had about me my flint, steel,
match, and burning-glass. I lay all night in
the cave where I had lodged my provisions.
My bed was the same dry grass and sea-

weed which I intended for fuel. I slept very
little, for the disquiets of my mind prevailed
over my weariness, and kept me awake. I
considered how impossible it was to
preserve my life in so desolate a place, and
how miserable my end must be: yet found
myself so listless and desponding, that I had
not the heart to rise; and before I could get
spirits enough to creep out of my cave, the
day was far advanced. I walked awhile
among the rocks: the sky was perfectly
clear, and the sun so hot, that I was forced
to turn my face from it: when all on a sudden
it became obscure, as I thought, in a
manner very different from what happens by
the interposition of a cloud. I turned back,
and perceived a vast opaque body between
me and the sun moving forwards towards
the island: it seemed to be about two miles
high, and hid the sun six or seven minutes;
but I did not observe the air to be much
colder, or the sky more darkened, than if I
had stood under the shade of a mountain.
As it approached nearer over the place
where I was, it appeared to be a firm
substance, the bottom flat, smooth, and
shining very bright, from the reflection of the
sea below. I stood upon a height about two
hundred yards from the shore, and saw this
vast body descending almost to a parallel
with me, at less than an English mile
distance. I took out my pocket perspective,
and could plainly discover numbers of
people moving up and down the sides of it,
which appeared to be sloping; but what
those people where doing I was not able to
distinguish.

The natural love of life gave me some
inward motion of joy, and I was ready to
entertain a hope that this adventure might,
some way or other, help to deliver me from
the desolate place and condition I was in.
But at the same time the reader can hardly
conceive my astonishment, to behold an
island in the air, inhabited by men, who

-82-

were able (as it should seem) to raise or
sink, or put it into progressive motion, as
they pleased. But not being at that time in a
disposition to philosophise upon this
phenomenon, I rather chose to observe
what course the island would take, because
it seemed for awhile to stand still. Yet soon
after, it advanced nearer, and I could see
the sides of it encompassed with several
gradations of galleries, and stairs, at
certain intervals, to descend from one to the
other. In the lowest gallery, I beheld some
people fishing with long angling rods, and
others looking on. I waved my cap (for my
hat was long since worn out) and my
handkerchief toward the island; and upon
its nearer approach, I called and shouted
with the utmost strength of my voice; and
then looking circumspectly, I beheld a
crowd gather to that side which was most in
my view. I found by their pointing towards
me and to each other, that they plainly
discovered me, although they made no
return to my shouting. But I could see four or
five men running in great haste, up the
stairs, to the top of the island, who then
disappeared. I happened rightly to
conjecture, that these were sent for orders
to some person in authority upon this
occasion.

The number of people increased, and, in
less than half all hour, the island was moved
and raised in such a manner, that the lowest
gallery appeared in a parallel of less then a
hundred yards distance from the height
where I stood. I then put myself in the most
supplicating posture, and spoke in the
humblest accent, but received no answer.
Those who stood nearest over against me,
seemed to be persons of distinction, as I
supposed by their habit. They conferred
earnestly with each other, looking often
upon me. At length one of them called out in
a clear, polite, smooth dialect, not unlike in
sound to the Italian: and therefore I returned

an answer in that language, hoping at least
that the cadence might be more agreeable
to his ears. Although neither of us
understood the other, yet my meaning was
easily known, for the people saw the
distress I was in.

They made signs for me to come down from
the rock, and go towards the shore, which I
accordingly did; and the flying island being
raised to a convenient height, the verge
directly over me, a chain was let down from
the lowest gallery, with a seat fastened to
the bottom, to which I fixed myself, and was
drawn up by pulleys.

CHAPTER II.

[The humours and dispositions of the
Laputians described. An account of their
learning. Of the king and his court. The
author’s reception there. The inhabitants
subject to fear and disquietudes. An
account of the women.]

At my alighting, I was surrounded with a
crowd of people, but those who stood
nearest seemed to be of better quality. They
beheld me with all the marks and
circumstances of wonder; neither indeed
was I much in their debt, having never till
then seen a race of mortals so singular in
their shapes, habits, and countenances.
Their heads were all reclined, either to the
right, or the left; one of their eyes turned
inward, and the other directly up to the
zenith. Their outward garments were
adorned with the figures of suns, moons,
and stars; interwoven with those of fiddles,
flutes, harps, trumpets, guitars,
harpsichords, and many other instruments
of music, unknown to us in Europe. I
observed, here and there, many in the habit
of servants, with a blown bladder, fastened
like a flail to the end of a stick, which they
carried in their hands. In each bladder was a

-83-

small quantity of dried peas, or little
pebbles, as I was afterwards informed. With
these bladders, they now and then flapped
the mouths and ears of those who stood
near them, of which practice I could not then
conceive the meaning. It seems the minds
of these people are so taken up with intense
speculations, that they neither can speak,
nor attend to the discourses of others,
without being roused by some external
taction upon the organs of speech and
hearing; for which reason, those persons
who are able to afford it always keep a
flapper (the original is climenole) in their
family, as one of their domestics; nor ever
walk abroad, or make visits, without him.
And the business of this officer is, when
two, three, or more persons are in
company, gently to strike with his bladder
the mouth of him who is to speak, and the
right ear of him or them to whom the
speaker addresses himself. This flapper is
likewise employed diligently to attend his
master in his walks, and upon occasion to
give him a soft flap on his eyes; because he
is always so wrapped up in cogitation, that
he is in manifest danger of falling down
every precipice, and bouncing his head
against every post; and in the streets, of
justling others, or being justled himself into
the kennel.

It was necessary to give the reader this
information, without which he would be at
the same loss with me to understand the
proceedings of these people, as they
conducted me up the stairs to the top of the
island, and from thence to the royal palace.
While we were ascending, they forgot
several times what they were about, and left
me to myself, till their memories were again
roused by their flappers; for they appeared
altogether unmoved by the sight of my
foreign habit and countenance, and by the
shouts of the vulgar, whose thoughts and
minds were more disengaged.

At last we entered the palace, and
proceeded into the chamber of presence,
where I saw the king seated on his throne,
attended on each side by persons of prime
quality. Before the throne, was a large table
filled with globes and spheres, and
mathematical instruments of all kinds. His
majesty took not the least notice of us,
although our entrance was not without
sufficient noise, by the concourse of all
persons belonging to the court. But he was
then deep in a problem; and we attended at
least an hour, before he could solve it. There
stood by him, on each side, a young page
with flaps in their hands, and when they saw
he was at leisure, one of them gently struck
his mouth, and the other his right ear; at
which he startled like one awaked on the
sudden, and looking towards me and the
company I was in, recollected the occasion
of our coming, whereof he had been
informed before. He spoke some words,
whereupon immediately a young man with a
flap came up to my side, and flapped me
gently on the right ear; but I made signs, as
well as I could, that I had no occasion for
such an instrument; which, as I afterwards
found, gave his majesty, and the whole
court, a very mean opinion of my
understanding. The king, as far as I could
conjecture, asked me several questions,
and I addressed myself to him in all the
languages I had. When it was found I could
neither understand nor be understood, I was
conducted by his order to an apartment in
his palace (this prince being distinguished
above all his predecessors for his
hospitality to strangers), where two
servants were appointed to attend me. My
dinner was brought, and four persons of
quality, whom I remembered to have seen
very near the king’s person, did me the
honour to dine with me. We had two
courses, of three dishes each. In the first
course, there was a shoulder of mutton cut
into an equilateral triangle, a piece of beef

-84-

into a rhomboides, and a pudding into a
cycloid. The second course was two ducks
trussed up in the form of fiddles; sausages
and puddings resembling flutes and
hautboys, and a breast of veal in the shape
of a harp. The servants cut our bread into
cones, cylinders, parallelograms, and
several other mathematical figures.

While we were at dinner, I made bold to ask
the names of several things in their
language, and those noble persons, by the
assistance of their flappers, delighted to
give me answers, hoping to raise my
admiration of their great abilities if I could
be brought to converse with them. I was
soon able to call for bread and drink, or
whatever else I wanted.

After dinner my company withdrew, and a
person was sent to me by the king’s order,
attended by a flapper. He brought with him
pen, ink, and paper, and three or four
books, giving me to understand by signs,
that he was sent to teach me the language.
We sat together four hours, in which time I
wrote down a great number of words in
columns, with the translations over against
them; I likewise made a shift to learn
several short sentences; for my tutor would
order one of my servants to fetch
something, to turn about, to make a bow, to
sit, or to stand, or walk, and the like. Then I
took down the sentence in writing. He
showed me also, in one of his books, the
figures of the sun, moon, and stars, the
zodiac, the tropics, and polar circles,
together with the denominations of many
plains and solids. He gave me the names
and descriptions of all the musical
instruments, and the general terms of art in
playing on each of them. After he had left
me, I placed all my words, with their
interpretations, in alphabetical order. And
thus, in a few days, by the help of a very
faithful memory, I got some insight into their

language. The word, which I interpret the
flying or floating island, is in the original
Laputa, whereof I could never learn the true
etymology. Lap, in the old obsolete
language, signifies high; and untuh, a
governor; from which they say, by
corruption, was derived Laputa, from
Lapuntuh. But I do not approve of this
derivation, which seems to be a little
strained. I ventured to offer to the learned
among them a conjecture of my own, that
Laputa was quasi lap outed; lap, signifying
properly, the dancing of the sunbeams in
the sea, and outed, a wing; which,
however, I shall not obtrude, but submit to
the judicious reader.

Those to whom the king had entrusted me,
observing how ill I was clad, ordered a tailor
to come next morning, and take measure
for a suit of clothes. This operator did his
office after a different manner from those of
his trade in Europe. He first took my altitude
by a quadrant, and then, with a rule and
compasses, described the dimensions and
outlines of my whole body, all which he
entered upon paper; and in six days brought
my clothes very ill made, and quite out of
shape, by happening to mistake a figure in
the calculation. But my comfort was, that I
observed such accidents very frequent, and
little regarded.

During my confinement for want of clothes,
and by an indisposition that held me some
days longer, I much enlarged my dictionary;
and when I went next to court, was able to
understand many things the king spoke, and
to return him some kind of answers. His
majesty had given orders, that the island
should move north-east and by east, to the
vertical point over Lagado, the metropolis
of the whole kingdom below, upon the firm
earth. It was about ninety leagues distant,
and our voyage lasted four days and a half. I
was not in the least sensible of the

-85-

progressive motion made in the air by the
island. On the second morning, about
eleven o’clock, the king himself in person,
attended by his nobility, courtiers, and
officers, having prepared all their musical
instruments, played on them for three hours
without intermission, so that I was quite
stunned with the noise; neither could I
possibly guess the meaning, till my tutor
informed me. He said that, the people of
their island had their ears adapted to hear
“the music of the spheres, which always
played at certain periods, and the court was
now prepared to bear their part, in whatever
instrument they most excelled.”

In our journey towards Lagado, the capital
city, his majesty ordered that the island
should stop over certain towns and villages,
from whence he might receive the petitions
of his subjects. And to this purpose, several
packthreads were let down, with small
weights at the bottom. On these
packthreads the people strung their
petitions, which mounted up directly, like
the scraps of paper fastened by school
boys at the end of the string that holds their
kite. Sometimes we received wine and
victuals from below, which were drawn up
by pulleys.

The knowledge I had in mathematics, gave
me great assistance in acquiring their
phraseology, which depended much upon
that science, and music; and in the latter I
was not unskilled. Their ideas are
perpetually conversant in lines and figures.
If they would, for example, praise the beauty
of a woman, or any other animal, they
describe it by rhombs, circles,
parallelograms, ellipses, and other
geometrical terms, or by words of art drawn
from music, needless here to repeat. I
observed in the king’s kitchen all sorts of
mathematical and musical instruments,
after the figures of which they cut up the

joints that were served to his majesty’s
table.

Their houses are very ill built, the walls bevil,
without one right angle in any apartment;
and this defect arises from the contempt
they bear to practical geometry, which they
despise as vulgar and mechanic; those
instructions they give being too refined for
the intellects of their workmen, which
occasions perpetual mistakes. And
although they are dexterous enough upon a
piece of paper, in the management of the
rule, the pencil, and the divider, yet in the
common actions and behaviour of life, I
have not seen a more clumsy, awkward,
and unhandy people, nor so slow and
perplexed in their conceptions upon all other
subjects, except those of mathematics and
music. They are very bad reasoners, and
vehemently given to opposition, unless
when they happen to be of the right opinion,
which is seldom their case. Imagination,
fancy, and invention, they are wholly
strangers to, nor have any words in their
language, by which those ideas can be
expressed; the whole compass of their
thoughts and mind being shut up within the
two forementioned sciences.

Most of them, and especially those who
deal in the astronomical part, have great
faith in judicial astrology, although they are
ashamed to own it publicly. But what I chiefly
admired, and thought altogether
unaccountable, was the strong disposition I
observed in them towards news and
politics, perpetually inquiring into public
affairs, giving their judgments in matters of
state, and passionately disputing every inch
of a party opinion. I have indeed observed
the same disposition among most of the
mathematicians I have known in Europe,
although I could never discover the least
analogy between the two sciences; unless
those people suppose, that because the

-86-

smallest circle has as many degrees as the
largest, therefore the regulation and
management of the world require no more
abilities than the handling and turning of a
globe; but I rather take this quality to spring
from a very common infirmity of human
nature, inclining us to be most curious and
conceited in matters where we have least
concern, and for which we are least
adapted by study or nature.

These people are under continual
disquietudes, never enjoying a minutes
peace of mind; and their disturbances
proceed from causes which very little affect
the rest of mortals. Their apprehensions
arise from several changes they dread in
the celestial bodies: for instance, that the
earth, by the continual approaches of the
sun towards it, must, in course of time, be
absorbed, or swallowed up; that the face of
the sun, will, by degrees, be encrusted with
its own effluvia, and give no more light to the
world; that the earth very narrowly escaped
a brush from the tail of the last comet, which
would have infallibly reduced it to ashes;
and that the next, which they have calculated
for one-and-thirty years hence, will
probably destroy us. For if, in its perihelion,
it should approach within a certain degree
of the sun (as by their calculations they have
reason to dread) it will receive a degree of
heat ten thousand times more intense than
that of red hot glowing iron, and in its
absence from the sun, carry a blazing tail
ten hundred thousand and fourteen miles
long, through which, if the earth should pass
at the distance of one hundred thousand
miles from the nucleus, or main body of the
comet, it must in its passage be set on fire,
and reduced to ashes: that the sun, daily
spending its rays without any nutriment to
supply them, will at last be wholly consumed
and annihilated; which must be attended
with the destruction of this earth, and of all
the planets that receive their light from it.

They are so perpetually alarmed with the
apprehensions of these, and the like
impending dangers, that they can neither
sleep quietly in their beds, nor have any
relish for the common pleasures and
amusements of life. When they meet an
acquaintance in the morning, the first
question is about the sun’s health, how he
looked at his setting and rising, and what
hopes they have to avoid the stroke of the
approaching comet. This conversation they
are apt to run into with the same temper that
boys discover in delighting to hear terrible
stories of spirits and hobgoblins, which they
greedily listen to, and dare not go to bed for
fear.

The women of the island have abundance
of vivacity: they, contemn their husbands,
and are exceedingly fond of strangers,
whereof there is always a considerable
number from the continent below, attending
at court, either upon affairs of the several
towns and corporations, or their own
particular occasions, but are much
despised, because they want the same
endowments. Among these the ladies
choose their gallants: but the vexation is,
that they act with too much ease and
security; for the husband is always so rapt in
speculation, that the mistress and lover may
proceed to the greatest familiarities before
his face, if he be but provided with paper
and implements, and without his flapper at
his side.

The wives and daughters lament their
confinement to the island, although I think it
the most delicious spot of ground in the
world; and although they live here in the
greatest plenty and magnificence, and are
allowed to do whatever they please, they
long to see the world, and take the
diversions of the metropolis, which they are
not allowed to do without a particular
license from the king; and this is not easy to

-87-

be obtained, because the people of quality
have found, by frequent experience, how
hard it is to persuade their women to return
from below. I was told that a great court
lady, who had several children, is married to
the prime minister, the richest subject in the
kingdom, a very graceful person, extremely
fond of her, and lives in the finest palace of
the island, went down to Lagado on the
pretence of health, there hid herself for
several months, till the king sent a warrant to
search for her; and she was found in an
obscure eating-house all in rags, having
pawned her clothes to maintain an old
deformed footman, who beat her every day,
and in whose company she was taken,
much against her will. And although her
husband received her with all possible
kindness, and without the least reproach,
she soon after contrived to steal down
again, with all her jewels, to the same
gallant, and has not been heard of since.

This may perhaps pass with the reader
rather for an European or English story, than
for one of a country so remote. But he may
please to consider, that the caprices of
womankind are not limited by any climate or
nation, and that they are much more
uniform, than can be easily imagined.

In about a month’s time, I had made a
tolerable proficiency in their language, and
was able to answer most of the king’s
questions, when I had the honour to attend
him. His majesty discovered not the least
curiosity to inquire into the laws,
government, history, religion, or manners of
the countries where I had been; but
confined his questions to the state of
mathematics, and received the account I
gave him with great contempt and
indifference, though often roused by his
flapper on each side.

CHAPTER III.

[A phenomenon solved by modern
philosophy and astronomy. The Laputians’
great improvements in the latter. The king’s
method of suppressing insurrections.]

I desired leave of this prince to see the
curiosities of the island, which he was
graciously pleased to grant, and ordered
my tutor to attend me. I chiefly wanted to
know, to what cause, in art or in nature, it
owed its several motions, whereof I will now
give a philosophical account to the reader.

The flying or floating island is exactly
circular, its diameter 7837 yards, or about four
miles and a half, and consequently contains
ten thousand acres. It is three hundred yards
thick. The bottom, or under surface, which
appears to those who view it below, is one
even regular plate of adamant, shooting up
to the height of about two hundred yards.
Above it lie the several minerals in their
usual order, and over all is a coat of rich
mould, ten or twelve feet deep. The declivity
of the upper surface, from the
circumference to the centre, is the natural
cause why all the dews and rains, which fall
upon the island, are conveyed in small
rivulets toward the middle, where they are
emptied into four large basins, each of
about half a mile in circuit, and two hundred
yards distant from the centre. From these
basins the water is continually exhaled by
the sun in the daytime, which effectually
prevents their overflowing. Besides, as it is
in the power of the monarch to raise the
island above the region of clouds and
vapours, he can prevent the falling of dews
and rain whenever he pleases. For the
highest clouds cannot rise above two miles,
as naturalists agree, at least they were
never known to do so in that country.

At the centre of the island there is a chasm
about fifty yards in diameter, whence the
astronomers descend into a large dome,

-88-

which is therefore called flandona gagnole,
or the astronomer’s cave, situated at the
depth of a hundred yards beneath the upper
surface of the adamant. In this cave are
twenty lamps continually burning, which,
from the reflection of the adamant, cast a
strong light into every part. The place is
stored with great variety of sextants,
quadrants, telescopes, astrolabes, and
other astronomical instruments. But the
greatest curiosity, upon which the fate of the
island depends, is a loadstone of a
prodigious size, in shape resembling a
weaver’s shuttle. It is in length six yards, and
in the thickest part at least three yards over.
This magnet is sustained by a very strong
axle of adamant passing through its middle,
upon which it plays, and is poised so exactly
that the weakest hand can turn it. It is
hooped round with a hollow cylinder of
adamant, four feet yards in diameter,
placed horizontally, and supported by eight
adamantine feet, each six yards high. In the
middle of the concave side, there is a
groove twelve inches deep, in which the
extremities of the axle are lodged, and
turned round as there is occasion.

The stone cannot be removed from its place
by any force, because the hoop and its feet
are one continued piece with that body of
adamant which constitutes the bottom of the
island.

By means of this loadstone, the island is
made to rise and fall, and move from one
place to another. For, with respect to that
part of the earth over which the monarch
presides, the stone is endued at one of its
sides with an attractive power, and at the
other with a repulsive. Upon placing the
magnet erect, with its attracting end
towards the earth, the island descends; but
when the repelling extremity points
downwards, the island mounts directly
upwards. When the position of the stone is

oblique, the motion of the island is so too:
for in this magnet, the forces always act in
lines parallel to its direction.

By this oblique motion, the island is
conveyed to different parts of the
monarch’s dominions. To explain the
manner of its progress, let A B represent a
line drawn across the dominions of
Balnibarbi, let the line c d represent the
loadstone, of which let d be the repelling
end, and c the attracting end, the island
being over C: let the stone be placed in
position c d, with its repelling end
downwards; then the island will be driven
upwards obliquely towards D. When it is
arrived at D, let the stone be turned upon its
axle, till its attracting end points towards E,
and then the island will be carried obliquely
towards E; where, if the stone be again
turned upon its axle till it stands in the
position E F, with its repelling point
downwards, the island will rise obliquely
towards F, where, by directing the
attracting end towards G, the island may be
carried to G, and from G to H, by turning the
stone, so as to make its repelling extremity
to point directly downward. And thus, by
changing the situation of the stone, as often
as there is occasion, the island is made to
rise and fall by turns in an oblique direction,
and by those alternate risings and fallings
(the obliquity being not considerable) is
conveyed from one part of the dominions to
the other.

But it must be observed, that this island
cannot move beyond the extent of the
dominions below, nor can it rise above the
height of four miles. For which the
astronomers (who have written large
systems concerning the stone) assign the
following reason: that the magnetic virtue
does not extend beyond the distance of four
miles, and that the mineral, which acts upon
the stone in the bowels of the earth, and in

-89-

the sea about six leagues distant from the
shore, is not diffused through the whole
globe, but terminated with the limits of the
king’s dominions; and it was easy, from the
great advantage of such a superior
situation, for a prince to bring under his
obedience whatever country lay within the
attraction of that magnet.

When the stone is put parallel to the plane of
the horizon, the island stands still; for in that
case the extremities of it, being at equal
distance from the earth, act with equal
force, the one in drawing downwards, the
other in pushing upwards, and consequently
no motion can ensue.

This loadstone is under the care of certain
astronomers, who, from time to time, give it
such positions as the monarch directs. They
spend the greatest part of their lives in
observing the celestial bodies, which they
do by the assistance of glasses, far
excelling ours in goodness. For, although
their largest telescopes do not exceed three
feet, they magnify much more than those of
a hundred with us, and show the stars with
greater clearness. This advantage has
enabled them to extend their discoveries
much further than our astronomers in
Europe; for they have made a catalogue of
ten thousand fixed stars, whereas the
largest of ours do not contain above one
third part of that number. They have likewise
discovered two lesser stars, or satellites,
which revolve about Mars; whereof the
innermost is distant from the centre of the
primary planet exactly three of his
diameters, and the outermost, five; the
former revolves in the space of ten hours,
and the latter in twenty-one and a half; so
that the squares of their periodical times are
very near in the same proportion with the
cubes of their distance from the centre of
Mars; which evidently shows them to be
governed by the same law of gravitation that

influences the other heavenly bodies.

They have observed ninety-three different
comets, and settled their periods with great
exactness. If this be true (and they affirm it
with great confidence) it is much to be
wished, that their observations were made
public, whereby the theory of comets, which
at present is very lame and defective, might
be brought to the same perfection with other
arts of astronomy.

The king would be the most absolute prince
in the universe, if he could but prevail on a
ministry to join with him; but these having
their estates below on the continent, and
considering that the office of a favourite has
a very uncertain tenure, would never
consent to the enslaving of their country.

If any town should engage in rebellion or
mutiny, fall into violent factions, or refuse to
pay the usual tribute, the king has two
methods of reducing them to obedience.
The first and the mildest course is, by
keeping the island hovering over such a
town, and the lands about it, whereby he
can deprive them of the benefit of the sun
and the rain, and consequently afflict the
inhabitants with dearth and diseases: and if
the crime deserve it, they are at the same
time pelted from above with great stones,
against which they have no defence but by
creeping into cellars or caves, while the
roofs of their houses are beaten to pieces.
But if they still continue obstinate, or offer to
raise insurrections, he proceeds to the last
remedy, by letting the island drop directly
upon their heads, which makes a universal
destruction both of houses and men.
However, this is an extremity to which the
prince is seldom driven, neither indeed is
he willing to put it in execution; nor dare his
ministers advise him to an action, which, as
it would render them odious to the people,
so it would be a great damage to their own

-90-

estates, which all lie below; for the island is
the king’s demesne.

But there is still indeed a more weighty
reason, why the kings of this country have
been always averse from executing so
terrible an action, unless upon the utmost
necessity. For, if the town intended to be
destroyed should have in it any tall rocks, as
it generally falls out in the larger cities, a
situation probably chosen at first with a view
to prevent such a catastrophe; or if it
abound in high spires, or pillars of stone, a
sudden fall might endanger the bottom or
under surface of the island, which, although
it consist, as I have said, of one entire
adamant, two hundred yards thick, might
happen to crack by too great a shock, or
burst by approaching too near the fires from
the houses below, as the backs, both of iron
and stone, will often do in our chimneys. Of
all this the people are well apprised, and
understand how far to carry their obstinacy,
where their liberty or property is concerned.
And the king, when he is highest provoked,
and most determined to press a city to
rubbish, orders the island to descend with
great gentleness, out of a pretence of
tenderness to his people, but, indeed, for
fear of breaking the adamantine bottom; in
which case, it is the opinion of all their
philosophers, that the loadstone could no
longer hold it up, and the whole mass would
fall to the ground.

By a fundamental law of this realm, neither
the king, nor either of his two eldest sons,
are permitted to leave the island; nor the
queen, till she is past child-bearing.

CHAPTER IV.

[The author leaves Laputa; is conveyed to
Balnibarbi; arrives at the metropolis. A
description of the metropolis, and the
country adjoining. The author hospitably

received by a great lord. His conversation
with that lord.]

Although I cannot say that I was ill treated in
this island, yet I must confess I thought
myself too much neglected, not without
some degree of contempt; for neither
prince nor people appeared to be curious in
any part of knowledge, except mathematics
and music, wherein I was far their inferior,
and upon that account very little regarded.

On the other side, after having seen all the
curiosities of the island, I was very desirous
to leave it, being heartily weary of those
people. They were indeed excellent in two
sciences for which I have great esteem, and
wherein I am not unversed; but, at the same
time, so abstracted and involved in
speculation, that I never met with such
disagreeable companions. I conversed only
with women, tradesmen, flappers, and
court-pages, during two months of my
abode there; by which, at last, I rendered
myself extremely contemptible; yet these
were the only people from whom I could
ever receive a reasonable answer.

I had obtained, by hard study, a good
degree of knowledge in their language: I
was weary of being confined to an island
where I received so little countenance, and
resolved to leave it with the first opportunity.

There was a great lord at court, nearly
related to the king, and for that reason alone
used with respect. He was universally
reckoned the most ignorant and stupid
person among them. He had performed
many eminent services for the crown, had
great natural and acquired parts, adorned
with integrity and honour; but so ill an ear for
music, that his detractors reported, “he had
been often known to beat time in the wrong
place;” neither could his tutors, without
extreme difficulty, teach him to demonstrate

-91-

the most easy proposition in the
mathematics. He was pleased to show me
many marks of favour, often did me the
honour of a visit, desired to be informed in
the affairs of Europe, the laws and
customs, the manners and learning of the
several countries where I had travelled. He
listened to me with great attention, and
made very wise observations on all I spoke.
He had two flappers attending him for state,
but never made use of them, except at court
and in visits of ceremony, and would always
command them to withdraw, when we were
alone together.

I entreated this illustrious person, to
intercede in my behalf with his majesty, for
leave to depart; which he accordingly did,
as he was pleased to tell me, with regret: for
indeed he had made me several offers very
advantageous, which, however, I refused,
with expressions of the highest
acknowledgment.

On the 16th of February I took leave of his
majesty and the court. The king made me a
present to the value of about two hundred
pounds English, and my protector, his
kinsman, as much more, together with a
letter of recommendation to a friend of his in
Lagado, the metropolis. The island being
then hovering over a mountain about two
miles from it, I was let down from the lowest
gallery, in the same manner as I had been
taken up.

The continent, as far as it is subject to the
monarch of the flying island, passes under
the general name of Balnibarbi; and the
metropolis, as I said before, is called
Lagado. I felt some little satisfaction in
finding myself on firm ground. I walked to
the city without any concern, being clad like
one of the natives, and sufficiently
instructed to converse with them. I soon
found out the person’s house to whom I was

recommended, presented my letter from his
friend the grandee in the island, and was
received with much kindness. This great
lord, whose name was Munodi, ordered me
an apartment in his own house, where I
continued during my stay, and was
entertained in a most hospitable manner.

The next morning after my arrival, he took
me in his chariot to see the town, which is
about half the bigness of London; but the
houses very strangely built, and most of
them out of repair. The people in the streets
walked fast, looked wild, their eyes fixed,
and were generally in rags. We passed
through one of the town gates, and went
about three miles into the country, where I
saw many labourers working with several
sorts of tools in the ground, but was not able
to conjecture what they were about: neither
did observe any expectation either of corn
or grass, although the soil appeared to be
excellent. I could not forbear admiring at
these odd appearances, both in town and
country; and I made bold to desire my
conductor, that he would be pleased to
explain to me, what could be meant by so
many busy heads, hands, and faces, both in
the streets and the fields, because I did not
discover any good effects they produced;
but, on the contrary, I never knew a soil so
unhappily cultivated, houses so ill contrived
and so ruinous, or a people whose
countenances and habit expressed so
much misery and want.

This lord Munodi was a person of the first
rank, and had been some years governor of
Lagado; but, by a cabal of ministers, was
discharged for insufficiency. However, the
king treated him with tenderness, as a well-
meaning man, but of a low contemptible
understanding.

When I gave that free censure of the country
and its inhabitants, he made no further

-92-

answer than by telling me, “that I had not
been long enough among them to form a
judgment; and that the different nations of
the world had different customs;” with other
common topics to the same purpose. But,
when we returned to his palace, he asked
me “how I liked the building, what
absurdities I observed, and what quarrel I
had with the dress or looks of his
domestics?” This he might safely do;
because every thing about him was
magnificent, regular, and polite. I
answered, “that his excellency’s prudence,
quality, and fortune, had exempted him
from those defects, which folly and beggary
had produced in others.” He said, “if I would
go with him to his country-house, about
twenty miles distant, where his estate lay,
there would be more leisure for this kind of
conversation.” I told his excellency “that I
was entirely at his disposal;” and
accordingly we set out next morning.

During our journey he made me observe the
several methods used by farmers in
managing their lands, which to me were
wholly unaccountable; for, except in some
very few places, I could not discover one
ear of corn or blade of grass. But, in three
hours travelling, the scene was wholly
altered; we came into a most beautiful
country; farmers’ houses, at small
distances, neatly built; the fields enclosed,
containing vineyards, corn-grounds, and
meadows. Neither do I remember to have
seen a more delightful prospect. His
excellency observed my countenance to
clear up; he told me, with a sigh, “that there
his estate began, and would continue the
same, till we should come to his house: that
his countrymen ridiculed and despised him,
for managing his affairs no better, and for
setting so ill an example to the kingdom;
which, however, was followed by very few,
such as were old, and wilful, and weak like
himself.”

We came at length to the house, which was
indeed a noble structure, built according to
the best rules of ancient architecture. The
fountains, gardens, walks, avenues, and
groves, were all disposed with exact
judgment and taste. I gave due praises to
every thing I saw, whereof his excellency
took not the least notice till after supper;
when, there being no third companion, he
told me with a very melancholy air “that he
doubted he must throw down his houses in
town and country, to rebuild them after the
present mode; destroy all his plantations,
and cast others into such a form as modern
usage required, and give the same
directions to all his tenants, unless he would
submit to incur the censure of pride,
singularity, affectation, ignorance, caprice,
and perhaps increase his majesty’s
displeasure; that the admiration I appeared
to be under would cease or diminish, when
he had informed me of some particulars
which, probably, I never heard of at court,
the people there being too much taken up in
their own speculations, to have regard to
what passed here below.”

The sum of his discourse was to this effect:
“That about forty years ago, certain persons
went up to Laputa, either upon business or
diversion, and, after five months
continuance, came back with a very little
smattering in mathematics, but full of
volatile spirits acquired in that airy region:
that these persons, upon their return, began
to dislike the management of every thing
below, and fell into schemes of putting all
arts, sciences, languages, and mechanics,
upon a new foot. To this end, they procured
a royal patent for erecting an academy of
projectors in Lagado; and the humour
prevailed so strongly among the people,
that there is not a town of any consequence
in the kingdom without such an academy. In
these colleges the professors contrive new
rules and methods of agriculture and

-93-

building, and new instruments, and tools for
all trades and manufactures; whereby, as
they undertake, one man shall do the work
of ten; a palace may be built in a week, of
materials so durable as to last for ever
without repairing. All the fruits of the earth
shall come to maturity at whatever season
we think fit to choose, and increase a
hundred fold more than they do at present;
with innumerable other happy proposals.
The only inconvenience is, that none of
these projects are yet brought to perfection;
and in the mean time, the whole country lies
miserably waste, the houses in ruins, and
the people without food or clothes. By all
which, instead of being discouraged, they
are fifty times more violently bent upon
prosecuting their schemes, driven equally
on by hope and despair: that as for himself,
being not of an enterprising spirit, he was
content to go on in the old forms, to live in
the houses his ancestors had built, and act
as they did, in every part of life, without
innovation: that some few other persons of
quality and gentry had done the same, but
were looked on with an eye of contempt and
ill-will, as enemies to art, ignorant, and ill
common-wealth’s men, preferring their
own ease and sloth before the general
improvement of their country.”

His lordship added, “That he would not, by
any further particulars, prevent the pleasure
I should certainly take in viewing the grand
academy, whither he was resolved I should
go.” He only desired me to observe a ruined
building, upon the side of a mountain about
three miles distant, of which he gave me
this account: “That he had a very convenient
mill within half a mile of his house, turned by
a current from a large river, and sufficient
for his own family, as well as a great
number of his tenants; that about seven
years ago, a club of those projectors came
to him with proposals to destroy this mill,
and build another on the side of that

mountain, on the long ridge whereof a long
canal must be cut, for a repository of water,
to be conveyed up by pipes and engines to
supply the mill, because the wind and air
upon a height agitated the water, and
thereby made it fitter for motion, and
because the water, descending down a
declivity, would turn the mill with half the
current of a river whose course is more
upon a level.” He said, “that being then not
very well with the court, and pressed by
many of his friends, he complied with the
proposal; and after employing a hundred
men for two years, the work miscarried, the
projectors went off, laying the blame
entirely upon him, railing at him ever since,
and putting others upon the same
experiment, with equal assurance of
success, as well as equal disappointment.”

In a few days we came back to town; and
his excellency, considering the bad
character he had in the academy, would not
go with me himself, but recommended me
to a friend of his, to bear me company
thither. My lord was pleased to represent
me as a great admirer of projects, and a
person of much curiosity and easy belief;
which, indeed, was not without truth; for I
had myself been a sort of projector in my
younger days.

CHAPTER V.

[The author permitted to see the grand
academy of Lagado. The academy largely
described. The arts wherein the professors
employ themselves.]

This academy is not an entire single
building, but a continuation of several
houses on both sides of a street, which
growing waste, was purchased and
applied to that use.

I was received very kindly by the warden,

-94-

and went for many days to the academy.
Every room has in it one or more projectors;
and I believe I could not be in fewer than five
hundred rooms.

The first man I saw was of a meagre
aspect, with sooty hands and face, his hair
and beard long, ragged, and singed in
several places. His clothes, shirt, and skin,
were all of the same colour. He has been
eight years upon a project for extracting
sunbeams out of cucumbers, which were to
be put in phials hermetically sealed, and let
out to warm the air in raw inclement
summers. He told me, he did not doubt,
that, in eight years more, he should be able
to supply the governor’s gardens with
sunshine, at a reasonable rate: but he
complained that his stock was low, and
entreated me “to give him something as an
encouragement to ingenuity, especially
since this had been a very dear season for
cucumbers.” I made him a small present, for
my lord had furnished me with money on
purpose, because he knew their practice of
begging from all who go to see them.

I went into another chamber, but was ready
to hasten back, being almost overcome
with a horrible stink. My conductor pressed
me forward, conjuring me in a whisper “to
give no offence, which would be highly
resented;” and therefore I durst not so much
as stop my nose. The projector of this cell
was the most ancient student of the
academy; his face and beard were of a
pale yellow; his hands and clothes daubed
over with filth. When I was presented to him,
he gave me a close embrace, a compliment
I could well have excused. His employment,
from his first coming into the academy, was
an operation to reduce human excrement to
its original food, by separating the several
parts, removing the tincture which it
receives from the gall, making the odour
exhale, and scumming off the saliva. He

had a weekly allowance, from the society,
of a vessel filled with human ordure, about
the bigness of a Bristol barrel.

I saw another at work to calcine ice into
gunpowder; who likewise showed me a
treatise he had written concerning the
malleability of fire, which he intended to
publish.

There was a most ingenious architect, who
had contrived a new method for building
houses, by beginning at the roof, and
working downward to the foundation; which
he justified to me, by the like practice of
those two prudent insects, the bee and the
spider.

There was a man born blind, who had
several apprentices in his own condition:
their employment was to mix colours for
painters, which their master taught them to
distinguish by feeling and smelling. It was
indeed my misfortune to find them at that
time not very perfect in their lessons, and
the professor himself happened to be
generally mistaken. This artist is much
encouraged and esteemed by the whole
fraternity.

In another apartment I was highly pleased
with a projector who had found a device of
ploughing the ground with hogs, to save the
charges of ploughs, cattle, and labour. The
method is this: in an acre of ground you
bury, at six inches distance and eight deep,
a quantity of acorns, dates, chestnuts, and
other mast or vegetables, whereof these
animals are fondest; then you drive six
hundred or more of them into the field,
where, in a few days, they will root up the
whole ground in search of their food, and
make it fit for sowing, at the same time
manuring it with their dung: it is true, upon
experiment, they found the charge and
trouble very great, and they had little or no

-95-

crop. However it is not doubted, that this
invention may be capable of great
improvement.

I went into another room, where the walls
and ceiling were all hung round with
cobwebs, except a narrow passage for the
artist to go in and out. At my entrance, he
called aloud to me, “not to disturb his webs.”
He lamented “the fatal mistake the world
had been so long in, of using silkworms,
while we had such plenty of domestic
insects who infinitely excelled the former,
because they understood how to weave, as
well as spin.” And he proposed further, “that
by employing spiders, the charge of dyeing
silks should be wholly saved;” whereof I
was fully convinced, when he showed me a
vast number of flies most beautifully
coloured, wherewith he fed his spiders,
assuring us “that the webs would take a
tincture from them; and as he had them of all
hues, he hoped to fit everybody’s fancy, as
soon as he could find proper food for the
flies, of certain gums, oils, and other
glutinous matter, to give a strength and
consistence to the threads.”

There was an astronomer, who had
undertaken to place a sun-dial upon the
great weathercock on the town-house, by
adjusting the annual and diurnal motions of
the earth and sun, so as to answer and
coincide with all accidental turnings of the
wind.

I was complaining of a small fit of the colic,
upon which my conductor led me into a
room where a great physician resided, who
was famous for curing that disease, by
contrary operations from the same
instrument. He had a large pair of bellows,
with a long slender muzzle of ivory: this he
conveyed eight inches up the anus, and
drawing in the wind, he affirmed he could
make the guts as lank as a dried bladder.

But when the disease was more stubborn
and violent, he let in the muzzle while the
bellows were full of wind, which he
discharged into the body of the patient; then
withdrew the instrument to replenish it,
clapping his thumb strongly against the
orifice of then fundament; and this being
repeated three or four times, the
adventitious wind would rush out, bringing
the noxious along with it, (like water put into
a pump), and the patient recovered. I saw
him try both experiments upon a dog, but
could not discern any effect from the former.
After the latter the animal was ready to
burst, and made so violent a discharge as
was very offensive to me and my
companion. The dog died on the spot, and
we left the doctor endeavouring to recover
him, by the same operation.

I visited many other apartments, but shall not
trouble my reader with all the curiosities I
observed, being studious of brevity.

I had hitherto seen only one side of the
academy, the other being appropriated to
the advancers of speculative learning, of
whom I shall say something, when I have
mentioned one illustrious person more, who
is called among them “the universal artist.”
He told us “he had been thirty years
employing his thoughts for the improvement
of human life.” He had two large rooms full
of wonderful curiosities, and fifty men at
work. Some were condensing air into a dry
tangible substance, by extracting the nitre,
and letting the aqueous or fluid particles
percolate; others softening marble, for
pillows and pin-cushions; others petrifying
the hoofs of a living horse, to preserve them
from foundering. The artist himself was at
that time busy upon two great designs; the
first, to sow land with chaff, wherein he
affirmed the true seminal virtue to be
contained, as he demonstrated by several
experiments, which I was not skilful enough

-96-

to comprehend. The other was, by a certain
composition of gums, minerals, and
vegetables, outwardly applied, to prevent
the growth of wool upon two young lambs;
and he hoped, in a reasonable time to
propagate the breed of naked sheep, all
over the kingdom.

We crossed a walk to the other part of the
academy, where, as I have already said,
the projectors in speculative learning
resided.

The first professor I saw, was in a very large
room, with forty pupils about him. After
salutation, observing me to look earnestly
upon a frame, which took up the greatest
part of both the length and breadth of the
room, he said, “Perhaps I might wonder to
see him employed in a project for
improving speculative knowledge, by
practical and mechanical operations. But
the world would soon be sensible of its
usefulness; and he flattered himself, that a
more noble, exalted thought never sprang in
any other man’s head. Every one knew how
laborious the usual method is of attaining to
arts and sciences; whereas, by his
contrivance, the most ignorant person, at a
reasonable charge, and with a little bodily
labour, might write books in philosophy,
poetry, politics, laws, mathematics, and
theology, without the least assistance from
genius or study.” He then led me to the
frame, about the sides, whereof all his
pupils stood in ranks. It was twenty feet
square, placed in the middle of the room.
The superfices was composed of several
bits of wood, about the bigness of a die, but
some larger than others. They were all
linked together by slender wires. These bits
of wood were covered, on every square,
with paper pasted on them; and on these
papers were written all the words of their
language, in their several moods, tenses,
and declensions; but without any order. The

professor then desired me “to observe; for
he was going to set his engine at work.” The
pupils, at his command, took each of them
hold of an iron handle, whereof there were
forty fixed round the edges of the frame;
and giving them a sudden turn, the whole
disposition of the words was entirely
changed. He then commanded six-and-
thirty of the lads, to read the several lines
softly, as they appeared upon the frame;
and where they found three or four words
together that might make part of a
sentence, they dictated to the four
remaining boys, who were scribes. This
work was repeated three or four times, and
at every turn, the engine was so contrived,
that the words shifted into new places, as
the square bits of wood moved upside
down.

Six hours a day the young students were
employed in this labour; and the professor
showed me several volumes in large folio,
already collected, of broken sentences,
which he intended to piece together, and
out of those rich materials, to give the world
a complete body of all arts and sciences;
which, however, might be still improved,
and much expedited, if the public would
raise a fund for making and employing five
hundred such frames in Lagado, and oblige
the managers to contribute in common their
several collections.

He assured me “that this invention had
employed all his thoughts from his youth;
that he had emptied the whole vocabulary
into his frame, and made the strictest
computation of the general proportion there
is in books between the numbers of
particles, nouns, and verbs, and other parts
of speech.”

I made my humblest acknowledgment to
this illustrious person, for his great
communicativeness; and promised, “if ever

-97-

I had the good fortune to return to my native
country, that I would do him justice, as the
sole inventor of this wonderful machine;” the
form and contrivance of which I desired
leave to delineate on paper, as in the figure
here annexed. I told him, “although it were
the custom of our learned in Europe to steal
inventions from each other, who had
thereby at least this advantage, that it
became a controversy which was the right
owner; yet I would take such caution, that he
should have the honour entire, without a
rival.”

We next went to the school of languages,
where three professors sat in consultation
upon improving that of their own country.

The first project was, to shorten discourse,
by cutting polysyllables into one, and leaving
out verbs and participles, because, in
reality, all things imaginable are but norms.

The other project was, a scheme for
entirely abolishing all words whatsoever;
and this was urged as a great advantage in
point of health, as well as brevity. For it is
plain, that every word we speak is, in some
degree, a diminution of our lunge by
corrosion, and, consequently, contributes to
the shortening of our lives. An expedient
was therefore offered, “that since words
are only names for things, it would be more
convenient for all men to carry about them
such things as were necessary to express a
particular business they are to discourse
on.” And this invention would certainly have
taken place, to the great ease as well as
health of the subject, if the women, in
conjunction with the vulgar and illiterate,
had not threatened to raise a rebellion
unless they might be allowed the liberty to
speak with their tongues, after the manner
of their forefathers; such constant
irreconcilable enemies to science are the
common people. However, many of the

most learned and wise adhere to the new
scheme of expressing themselves by
things; which has only this inconvenience
attending it, that if a man’s business be very
great, and of various kinds, he must be
obliged, in proportion, to carry a greater
bundle of things upon his back, unless he
can afford one or two strong servants to
attend him. I have often beheld two of those
sages almost sinking under the weight of
their packs, like pedlars among us, who,
when they met in the street, would lay down
their loads, open their sacks, and hold
conversation for an hour together; then put
up their implements, help each other to
resume their burdens, and take their leave.

But for short conversations, a man may
carry implements in his pockets, and under
his arms, enough to supply him; and in his
house, he cannot be at a loss. Therefore the
room where company meet who practise
this art, is full of all things, ready at hand,
requisite to furnish matter for this kind of
artificial converse.

Another great advantage proposed by this
invention was, that it would serve as a
universal language, to be understood in all
civilised nations, whose goods and utensils
are generally of the same kind, or nearly
resembling, so that their uses might easily
be comprehended. And thus ambassadors
would be qualified to treat with foreign
princes, or ministers of state, to whose
tongues they were utter strangers.

I was at the mathematical school, where the
master taught his pupils after a method
scarce imaginable to us in Europe. The
proposition, and demonstration, were fairly
written on a thin wafer, with ink composed
of a cephalic tincture. This, the student was
to swallow upon a fasting stomach, and for
three days following, eat nothing but bread
and water. As the wafer digested, the

-98-

tincture mounted to his brain, bearing the
proposition along with it. But the success
has not hitherto been answerable, partly by
some error in the quantum or composition,
and partly by the perverseness of lads, to
whom this bolus is so nauseous, that they
generally steal aside, and discharge it
upwards, before it can operate; neither
have they been yet persuaded to use so
long an abstinence, as the prescription
requires.

CHAPTER VI.

[A further account of the academy. The
author proposes some improvements,
which are honourably received.]

In the school of political projectors, I was
but ill entertained; the professors
appearing, in my judgment, wholly out of
their senses, which is a scene that never
fails to make me melancholy. These
unhappy people were proposing schemes
for persuading monarchs to choose
favourites upon the score of their wisdom,
capacity, and virtue; of teaching ministers
to consult the public good; of rewarding
merit, great abilities, eminent services; of
instructing princes to know their true
interest, by placing it on the same
foundation with that of their people; of
choosing for employments persons
qualified to exercise them, with many other
wild, impossible chimeras, that never
entered before into the heart of man to
conceive; and confirmed in me the old
observation, “that there is nothing so
extravagant and irrational, which some
philosophers have not maintained for truth.”

But, however, I shall so far do justice to this
part of the Academy, as to acknowledge
that all of them were not so visionary. There
was a most ingenious doctor, who seemed
to be perfectly versed in the whole nature

and system of government. This illustrious
person had very usefully employed his
studies, in finding out effectual remedies
for all diseases and corruptions to which the
several kinds of public administration are
subject, by the vices or infirmities of those
who govern, as well as by the
licentiousness of those who are to obey.
For instance: whereas all writers and
reasoners have agreed, that there is a strict
universal resemblance between the natural
and the political body; can there be any
thing more evident, than that the health of
both must be preserved, and the diseases
cured, by the same prescriptions? It is
allowed, that senates and great councils
are often troubled with redundant, ebullient,
and other peccant humours; with many
diseases of the head, and more of the
heart; with strong convulsions, with
grievous contractions of the nerves and
sinews in both hands, but especially the
right; with spleen, flatus, vertigos, and
deliriums; with scrofulous tumours, full of
fetid purulent matter; with sour frothy
ructations: with canine appetites, and
crudeness of digestion, besides many
others, needless to mention. This doctor
therefore proposed, “that upon the meeting
of the senate, certain physicians should
attend it the three first days of their sitting,
and at the close of each day’s debate feel
the pulses of every senator; after which,
having maturely considered and consulted
upon the nature of the several maladies,
and the methods of cure, they should on the
fourth day return to the senate house,
attended by their apothecaries stored with
proper medicines; and before the members
sat, administer to each of them lenitives,
aperitives, abstersives, corrosives,
restringents, palliatives, laxatives,
cephalalgics, icterics, apophlegmatics,
acoustics, as their several cases required;
and, according as these medicines should
operate, repeat, alter, or omit them, at the

-99-

next meeting.”

This project could not be of any great
expense to the public; and might in my poor
opinion, be of much use for the despatch of
business, in those countries where senates
have any share in the legislative power;
beget unanimity, shorten debates, open a
few mouths which are now closed, and
close many more which are now open; curb
the petulancy of the young, and correct the
positiveness of the old; rouse the stupid,
and damp the pert.

Again: because it is a general complaint,
that the favourites of princes are troubled
with short and weak memories; the same
doctor proposed, “that whoever attended a
first minister, after having told his business,
with the utmost brevity and in the plainest
words, should, at his departure, give the
said minister a tweak by the nose, or a kick
in the belly, or tread on his corns, or lug him
thrice by both ears, or run a pin into his
breech; or pinch his arm black and blue, to
prevent forgetfulness; and at every levee
day, repeat the same operation, till the
business were done, or absolutely refused.”

He likewise directed, “that every senator in
the great council of a nation, after he had
delivered his opinion, and argued in the
defence of it, should be obliged to give his
vote directly contrary; because if that were
done, the result would infallibly terminate in
the good of the public.”

When parties in a state are violent, he
offered a wonderful contrivance to
reconcile them. The method is this: You take
a hundred leaders of each party; you
dispose them into couples of such whose
heads are nearest of a size; then let two
nice operators saw off the occiput of each
couple at the same time, in such a manner
that the brain may be equally divided. Let

the occiputs, thus cut off, be interchanged,
applying each to the head of his opposite
party-man. It seems indeed to be a work
that requires some exactness, but the
professor assured us, “that if it were
dexterously performed, the cure would be
infallible.” For he argued thus: “that the two
half brains being left to debate the matter
between themselves within the space of
one skull, would soon come to a good
understanding, and produce that
moderation, as well as regularity of
thinking, so much to be wished for in the
heads of those, who imagine they come
into the world only to watch and govern its
motion: and as to the difference of brains, in
quantity or quality, among those who are
directors in faction, the doctor assured us,
from his own knowledge, that “it was a
perfect trifle.”

I heard a very warm debate between two
professors, about the most commodious
and effectual ways and means of raising
money, without grieving the subject. The
first affirmed, “the justest method would be,
to lay a certain tax upon vices and folly; and
the sum fixed upon every man to be rated,
after the fairest manner, by a jury of his
neighbours.” The second was of an opinion
directly contrary; “to tax those qualities of
body and mind, for which men chiefly value
themselves; the rate to be more or less,
according to the degrees of excelling; the
decision whereof should be left entirely to
their own breast.” The highest tax was upon
men who are the greatest favourites of the
other sex, and the assessments, according
to the number and nature of the favours they
have received; for which, they are allowed
to be their own vouchers. Wit, valour, and
politeness, were likewise proposed to be
largely taxed, and collected in the same
manner, by every person’s giving his own
word for the quantum of what he
possessed. But as to honour, justice,

-100-

wisdom, and learning, they should not be
taxed at all; because they are qualifications
of so singular a kind, that no man will either
allow them in his neighbour or value them in
himself.

The women were proposed to be taxed
according to their beauty and skill in
dressing, wherein they had the same
privilege with the men, to be determined by
their own judgment. But constancy,
chastity, good sense, and good nature,
were not rated, because they would not
bear the charge of collecting.

To keep senators in the interest of the
crown, it was proposed that the members
should raffle for employment; every man
first taking an oath, and giving security, that
he would vote for the court, whether he won
or not; after which, the losers had, in their
turn, the liberty of raffling upon the next
vacancy. Thus, hope and expectation would
be kept alive; none would complain of
broken promises, but impute their
disappointments wholly to fortune, whose
shoulders are broader and stronger than
those of a ministry.

Another professor showed me a large
paper of instructions for discovering plots
and conspiracies against the government.
He advised great statesmen to examine
into the diet of all suspected persons; their
times of eating; upon which side they lay in
bed; with which hand they wipe their
posteriors; take a strict view of their
excrements, and, from the colour, the
odour, the taste, the consistence, the
crudeness or maturity of digestion, form a
judgment of their thoughts and designs;
because men are never so serious,
thoughtful, and intent, as when they are at
stool, which he found by frequent
experiment; for, in such conjunctures, when
he used, merely as a trial, to consider which

was the best way of murdering the king, his
ordure would have a tincture of green; but
quite different, when he thought only of
raising an insurrection, or burning the
metropolis.

The whole discourse was written with great
acuteness, containing many observations,
both curious and useful for politicians; but,
as I conceived, not altogether complete.
This I ventured to tell the author, and
offered, if he pleased, to supply him with
some additions. He received my
proposition with more compliance than is
usual among writers, especially those of the
projecting species, professing “he would
be glad to receive further information.”

I told him, “that in the kingdom of Tribnia, {3}
by the natives called Langdon, {4} where I
had sojourned some time in my travels, the
bulk of the people consist in a manner
wholly of discoverers, witnesses,
informers, accusers, prosecutors,
evidences, swearers, together with their
several subservient and subaltern
instruments, all under the colours, the
conduct, and the pay of ministers of state,
and their deputies. The plots, in that
kingdom, are usually the workmanship of
those persons who desire to raise their own
characters of profound politicians; to
restore new vigour to a crazy
administration; to stifle or divert general
discontents; to fill their coffers with
forfeitures; and raise, or sink the opinion of
public credit, as either shall best answer
their private advantage. It is first agreed and
settled among them, what suspected
persons shall be accused of a plot; then,
effectual care is taken to secure all their
letters and papers, and put the owners in
chains. These papers are delivered to a set
of artists, very dexterous in finding out the
mysterious meanings of words, syllables,
and letters: for instance, they can discover a

-101-

close stool, to signify a privy council; a flock
of geese, a senate; a lame dog, an invader;
the plague, a standing army; a buzzard, a
prime minister; the gout, a high priest; a
gibbet, a secretary of state; a chamber pot,
a committee of grandees; a sieve, a court
lady; a broom, a revolution; a mouse-trap,
an employment; a bottomless pit, a
treasury; a sink, a court; a cap and bells, a
favourite; a broken reed, a court of justice;
an empty tun, a general; a running sore, the
administration. {5}

“When this method fails, they have two
others more effectual, which the learned
among them call acrostics and anagrams.
First, they can decipher all initial letters into
political meanings. Thus N, shall signify a
plot; B, a regiment of horse; L, a fleet at
sea; or, secondly, by transposing the letters
of the alphabet in any suspected paper,
they can lay open the deepest designs of a
discontented party. So, for example, if I
should say, in a letter to a friend, ‘Our
brother Tom has just got the piles,’ a skilful
decipherer would discover, that the same
letters which compose that sentence, may
be analysed into the following words,
‘Resist -, a plot is brought home The tour.’
And this is the anagrammatic method.”

The professor made me great
acknowledgments for communicating these
observations, and promised to make
honourable mention of me in his treatise.

I saw nothing in this country that could invite
me to a longer continuance, and began to
think of returning home to England.

CHAPTER VII.

[The author leaves Lagado: arrives at
Maldonada. No ship ready. He takes a short
voyage to Glubbdubdrib. His reception by
the governor.]

The continent, of which this kingdom is
apart, extends itself, as I have reason to
believe, eastward, to that unknown tract of
America westward of California; and north,
to the Pacific Ocean, which is not above a
hundred and fifty miles from Lagado; where
there is a good port, and much commerce
with the great island of Luggnagg, situated
to the north-west about 29 degrees north
latitude, and 140 longitude. This island of
Luggnagg stands south-eastward of
Japan, about a hundred leagues distant.
There is a strict alliance between the
Japanese emperor and the king of
Luggnagg; which affords frequent
opportunities of sailing from one island to
the other. I determined therefore to direct
my course this way, in order to my return to
Europe. I hired two mules, with a guide, to
show me the way, and carry my small
baggage. I took leave of my noble protector,
who had shown me so much favour, and
made me a generous present at my
departure.

My journey was without any accident or
adventure worth relating. When I arrived at
the port of Maldonada (for so it is called)
there was no ship in the harbour bound for
Luggnagg, nor likely to be in some time. The
town is about as large as Portsmouth. I soon
fell into some acquaintance, and was very
hospitably received. A gentleman of
distinction said to me, “that since the ships
bound for Luggnagg could not be ready in
less than a month, it might be no
disagreeable amusement for me to take a
trip to the little island of Glubbdubdrib, about
five leagues off to the south-west.” He
offered himself and a friend to accompany
me, and that I should be provided with a
small convenient bark for the voyage.

Glubbdubdrib, as nearly as I can interpret
the word, signifies the island of sorcerers or
magicians. It is about one third as large as

-102-

the Isle of Wight, and extremely fruitful: it is
governed by the head of a certain tribe, who
are all magicians. This tribe marries only
among each other, and the eldest in
succession is prince or governor. He has a
noble palace, and a park of about three
thousand acres, surrounded by a wall of
hewn stone twenty feet high. In this park are
several small enclosures for cattle, corn,
and gardening.

The governor and his family are served and
attended by domestics of a kind somewhat
unusual. By his skill in necromancy he has a
power of calling whom he pleases from the
dead, and commanding their service for
twenty-four hours, but no longer; nor can he
call the same persons up again in less than
three months, except upon very
extraordinary occasions.

When we arrived at the island, which was
about eleven in the morning, one of the
gentlemen who accompanied me went to
the governor, and desired admittance for a
stranger, who came on purpose to have the
honour of attending on his highness. This
was immediately granted, and we all three
entered the gate of the palace between two
rows of guards, armed and dressed after a
very antic manner, and with something in
their countenances that made my flesh
creep with a horror I cannot express. We
passed through several apartments,
between servants of the same sort, ranked
on each side as before, till we came to the
chamber of presence; where, after three
profound obeisances, and a few general
questions, we were permitted to sit on three
stools, near the lowest step of his
highness’s throne. He understood the
language of Balnibarbi, although it was
different from that of this island. He desired
me to give him some account of my travels;
and, to let me see that I should be treated
without ceremony, he dismissed all his

attendants with a turn of his finger; at which,
to my great astonishment, they vanished in
an instant, like visions in a dream when we
awake on a sudden. I could not recover
myself in some time, till the governor
assured me, “that I should receive no hurt:”
and observing my two companions to be
under no concern, who had been often
entertained in the same manner, I began to
take courage, and related to his highness a
short history of my several adventures; yet
not without some hesitation, and frequently
looking behind me to the place where I had
seen those domestic spectres. I had the
honour to dine with the governor, where a
new set of ghosts served up the meat, and
waited at table. I now observed myself to be
less terrified than I had been in the morning.
I stayed till sunset, but humbly desired his
highness to excuse me for not accepting his
invitation of lodging in the palace. My two
friends and I lay at a private house in the
town adjoining, which is the capital of this
little island; and the next morning we
returned to pay our duty to the governor, as
he was pleased to command us.

After this manner we continued in the island
for ten days, most part of every day with the
governor, and at night in our lodging. I soon
grew so familiarized to the sight of spirits,
that after the third or fourth time they gave
me no emotion at all: or, if I had any
apprehensions left, my curiosity prevailed
over them. For his highness the governor
ordered me “to call up whatever persons I
would choose to name, and in whatever
numbers, among all the dead from the
beginning of the world to the present time,
and command them to answer any
questions I should think fit to ask; with this
condition, that my questions must be
confined within the compass of the times
they lived in. And one thing I might depend
upon, that they would certainly tell me the
truth, for lying was a talent of no use in the

-103-

lower world.”

I made my humble acknowledgments to his
highness for so great a favour. We were in a
chamber, from whence there was a fair
prospect into the park. And because my first
inclination was to be entertained with
scenes of pomp and magnificence, I
desired to see Alexander the Great at the
head of his army, just after the battle of
Arbela: which, upon a motion of the
governor’s finger, immediately appeared in
a large field, under the window where we
stood. Alexander was called up into the
room: it was with great difficulty that I
understood his Greek, and had but little of
my own. He assured me upon his honour
“that he was not poisoned, but died of a bad
fever by excessive drinking.”

Next, I saw Hannibal passing the Alps, who
told me “he had not a drop of vinegar in his
camp.”

I saw Caesar and Pompey at the head of
their troops, just ready to engage. I saw the
former, in his last great triumph. I desired
that the senate of Rome might appear
before me, in one large chamber, and an
assembly of somewhat a later age in
counterview, in another. The first seemed to
be an assembly of heroes and demigods;
the other, a knot of pedlars, pick-pockets,
highwayman, and bullies.

The governor, at my request, gave the sign
for Caesar and Brutus to advance towards
us. I was struck with a profound veneration
at the sight of Brutus, and could easily
discover the most consummate virtue, the
greatest intrepidity and firmness of mind,
the truest love of his country, and general
benevolence for mankind, in every
lineament of his countenance. I observed,
with much pleasure, that these two persons
were in good intelligence with each other;

and Caesar freely confessed to me, “that
the greatest actions of his own life were not
equal, by many degrees, to the glory of
taking it away.” I had the honour to have
much conversation with Brutus; and was
told, “that his ancestor Junius, Socrates,
Epaminondas, Cato the younger, Sir
Thomas More, and himself were
perpetually together:” a sextumvirate, to
which all the ages of the world cannot add a
seventh.

It would be tedious to trouble the reader with
relating what vast numbers of illustrious
persons were called up to gratify that
insatiable desire I had to see the world in
every period of antiquity placed before me. I
chiefly fed mine eyes with beholding the
destroyers of tyrants and usurpers, and the
restorers of liberty to oppressed and
injured nations. But it is impossible to
express the satisfaction I received in my
own mind, after such a manner as to make it
a suitable entertainment to the reader.

CHAPTER VIII.

[A further account of Glubbdubdrib. Ancient
and modern history corrected.]

Having a desire to see those ancients who
were most renowned for wit and learning, I
set apart one day on purpose. I proposed
that Homer and Aristotle might appear at
the head of all their commentators; but
these were so numerous, that some
hundreds were forced to attend in the court,
and outward rooms of the palace. I knew,
and could distinguish those two heroes, at
first sight, not only from the crowd, but from
each other. Homer was the taller and
comelier person of the two, walked very
erect for one of his age, and his eyes were
the most quick and piercing I ever beheld.
Aristotle stooped much, and made use of a
staff. His visage was meagre, his hair lank

-104-

and thin, and his voice hollow. I soon
discovered that both of them were perfect
strangers to the rest of the company, and
had never seen or heard of them before;
and I had a whisper from a ghost who shall
be nameless, “that these commentators
always kept in the most distant quarters
from their principals, in the lower world,
through a consciousness of shame and
guilt, because they had so horribly
misrepresented the meaning of those
authors to posterity.” I introduced Didymus
and Eustathius to Homer, and prevailed on
him to treat them better than perhaps they
deserved, for he soon found they wanted a
genius to enter into the spirit of a poet. But
Aristotle was out of all patience with the
account I gave him of Scotus and Ramus,
as I presented them to him; and he asked
them, “whether the rest of the tribe were as
great dunces as themselves?”

I then desired the governor to call up
Descartes and Gassendi, with whom I
prevailed to explain their systems to
Aristotle. This great philosopher freely
acknowledged his own mistakes in natural
philosophy, because he proceeded in many
things upon conjecture, as all men must do;
and he found that Gassendi, who had made
the doctrine of Epicurus as palatable as he
could, and the vortices of Descartes, were
equally to be exploded. He predicted the
same fate to attraction, whereof the present
learned are such zealous asserters. He
said, “that new systems of nature were but
new fashions, which would vary in every
age; and even those, who pretend to
demonstrate them from mathematical
principles, would flourish but a short period
of time, and be out of vogue when that was
determined.”

I spent five days in conversing with many
others of the ancient learned. I saw most of
the first Roman emperors. I prevailed on the

governor to call up Heliogabalus’s cooks to
dress us a dinner, but they could not show
us much of their skill, for want of materials.
A helot of Agesilaus made us a dish of
Spartan broth, but I was not able to get
down a second spoonful.

The two gentlemen, who conducted me to
the island, were pressed by their private
affairs to return in three days, which I
employed in seeing some of the modern
dead, who had made the greatest figure,
for two or three hundred years past, in our
own and other countries of Europe; and
having been always a great admirer of old
illustrious families, I desired the governor
would call up a dozen or two of kings, with
their ancestors in order for eight or nine
generations. But my disappointment was
grievous and unexpected. For, instead of a
long train with royal diadems, I saw in one
family two fiddlers, three spruce courtiers,
and an Italian prelate. In another, a barber,
an abbot, and two cardinals. I have too
great a veneration for crowned heads, to
dwell any longer on so nice a subject. But
as to counts, marquises, dukes, earls, and
the like, I was not so scrupulous. And I
confess, it was not without some pleasure,
that I found myself able to trace the
particular features, by which certain
families are distinguished, up to their
originals. I could plainly discover whence
one family derives a long chin; why a
second has abounded with knaves for two
generations, and fools for two more; why a
third happened to be crack-brained, and a
fourth to be sharpers; whence it came, what
Polydore Virgil says of a certain great
house, Nec vir fortis, nec foemina casta;
how cruelty, falsehood, and cowardice,
grew to be characteristics by which certain
families are distinguished as much as by
their coats of arms; who first brought the
pox into a noble house, which has lineally
descended scrofulous tumours to their

-105-

posterity. Neither could I wonder at all this,
when I saw such an interruption of lineages,
by pages, lackeys, valets, coachmen,
gamesters, fiddlers, players, captains, and
pickpockets.

I was chiefly disgusted with modern history.
For having strictly examined all the persons
of greatest name in the courts of princes,
for a hundred years past, I found how the
world had been misled by prostitute writers,
to ascribe the greatest exploits in war, to
cowards; the wisest counsel, to fools;
sincerity, to flatterers; Roman virtue, to
betrayers of their country; piety, to atheists;
chastity, to sodomites; truth, to informers:
how many innocent and excellent persons
had been condemned to death or
banishment by the practising of great
ministers upon the corruption of judges,
and the malice of factions: how many
villains had been exalted to the highest
places of trust, power, dignity, and profit:
how great a share in the motions and events
of courts, councils, and senates might be
challenged by bawds, whores, pimps,
parasites, and buffoons. How low an
opinion I had of human wisdom and
integrity, when I was truly informed of the
springs and motives of great enterprises
and revolutions in the world, and of the
contemptible accidents to which they owed
their success.

Here I discovered the roguery and
ignorance of those who pretend to write
anecdotes, or secret history; who send so
many kings to their graves with a cup of
poison; will repeat the discourse between a
prince and chief minister, where no witness
was by; unlock the thoughts and cabinets of
ambassadors and secretaries of state; and
have the perpetual misfortune to be
mistaken. Here I discovered the true causes
of many great events that have surprised the
world; how a whore can govern the back-

stairs, the back-stairs a council, and the
council a senate. A general confessed, in
my presence, “that he got a victory purely by
the force of cowardice and ill conduct;” and
an admiral, “that, for want of proper
intelligence, he beat the enemy, to whom he
intended to betray the fleet.” Three kings
protested to me, “that in their whole reigns
they never did once prefer any person of
merit, unless by mistake, or treachery of
some minister in whom they confided;
neither would they do it if they were to live
again:” and they showed, with great
strength of reason, “that the royal throne
could not be supported without corruption,
because that positive, confident, restiff
temper, which virtue infused into a man,
was a perpetual clog to public business.”

I had the curiosity to inquire in a particular
manner, by what methods great numbers
had procured to themselves high titles of
honour, and prodigious estates; and I
confined my inquiry to a very modern
period: however, without grating upon
present times, because I would be sure to
give no offence even to foreigners (for I
hope the reader need not be told, that I do
not in the least intend my own country, in
what I say upon this occasion,) a great
number of persons concerned were called
up; and, upon a very slight examination,
discovered such a scene of infamy, that I
cannot reflect upon it without some
seriousness. Perjury, oppression,
subornation, fraud, pandarism, and the like
infirmities, were among the most excusable
arts they had to mention; and for these I
gave, as it was reasonable, great
allowance. But when some confessed they
owed their greatness and wealth to
sodomy, or incest; others, to the prostituting
of their own wives and daughters; others, to
the betraying of their country or their prince;
some, to poisoning; more to the perverting
of justice, in order to destroy the innocent, I

-106-

hope I may be pardoned, if these
discoveries inclined me a little to abate of
that profound veneration, which I am
naturally apt to pay to persons of high rank,
who ought to be treated with the utmost
respect due to their sublime dignity, by us
their inferiors.

I had often read of some great services
done to princes and states, and desired to
see the persons by whom those services
were performed. Upon inquiry I was told,
“that their names were to be found on no
record, except a few of them, whom history
has represented as the vilest of rogues and
traitors.” As to the rest, I had never once
heard of them. They all appeared with
dejected looks, and in the meanest habit;
most of them telling me, “they died in
poverty and disgrace, and the rest on a
scaffold or a gibbet.”

Among others, there was one person,
whose case appeared a little singular. He
had a youth about eighteen years old
standing by his side. He told me, “he had for
many years been commander of a ship; and
in the sea fight at Actium had the good
fortune to break through the enemy’s great
line of battle, sink three of their capital
ships, and take a fourth, which was the sole
cause of Antony’s flight, and of the victory
that ensued; that the youth standing by him,
his only son, was killed in the action.” He
added, “that upon the confidence of some
merit, the war being at an end, he went to
Rome, and solicited at the court of
Augustus to be preferred to a greater ship,
whose commander had been killed; but,
without any regard to his pretensions, it was
given to a boy who had never seen the sea,
the son of Libertina, who waited on one of
the emperor’s mistresses. Returning back
to his own vessel, he was charged with
neglect of duty, and the ship given to a
favourite page of Publicola, the vice-

admiral; whereupon he retired to a poor
farm at a great distance from Rome, and
there ended his life.” I was so curious to
know the truth of this story, that I desired
Agrippa might be called, who was admiral
in that fight. He appeared, and confirmed
the whole account: but with much more
advantage to the captain, whose modesty
had extenuated or concealed a great part of
his merit.

I was surprised to find corruption grown so
high and so quick in that empire, by the
force of luxury so lately introduced; which
made me less wonder at many parallel
cases in other countries, where vices of all
kinds have reigned so much longer, and
where the whole praise, as well as pillage,
has been engrossed by the chief
commander, who perhaps had the least title
to either.

As every person called up made exactly the
same appearance he had done in the
world, it gave me melancholy reflections to
observe how much the race of human kind
was degenerated among us within these
hundred years past; how the pox, under all
its consequences and denominations had
altered every lineament of an English
countenance; shortened the size of bodies,
unbraced the nerves, relaxed the sinews
and muscles, introduced a sallow
complexion, and rendered the flesh loose
and rancid.

I descended so low, as to desire some
English yeoman of the old stamp might be
summoned to appear; once so famous for
the simplicity of their manners, diet, and
dress; for justice in their dealings; for their
true spirit of liberty; for their valour, and love
of their country. Neither could I be wholly
unmoved, after comparing the living with the
dead, when I considered how all these pure
native virtues were prostituted for a piece of

-107-

money by their grand-children; who, in
selling their votes and managing at
elections, have acquired every vice and
corruption that can possibly be learned in a
court.

CHAPTER IX.

[The author returns to Maldonada. Sails to
the kingdom of Luggnagg. The author
confined. He is sent for to court. The manner
of his admittance. The king’s great lenity to
his subjects.]

The day of our departure being come, I took
leave of his highness, the Governor of
Glubbdubdrib, and returned with my two
companions to Maldonada, where, after a
fortnight’s waiting, a ship was ready to sail
for Luggnagg. The two gentlemen, and
some others, were so generous and kind as
to furnish me with provisions, and see me
on board. I was a month in this voyage. We
had one violent storm, and were under a
necessity of steering westward to get into
the trade wind, which holds for above sixty
leagues. On the 21st of April, 1708, we sailed
into the river of Clumegnig, which is a
seaport town, at the south-east point of
Luggnagg. We cast anchor within a league
of the town, and made a signal for a pilot.
Two of them came on board in less than half
an hour, by whom we were guided between
certain shoals and rocks, which are very
dangerous in the passage, to a large basin,
where a fleet may ride in safety within a
cable’s length of the town-wall.

Some of our sailors, whether out of
treachery or inadvertence, had informed the
pilots “that I was a stranger, and great
traveller;” whereof these gave notice to a
custom-house officer, by whom I was
examined very strictly upon my landing. This
officer spoke to me in the language of
Balnibarbi, which, by the force of much

commerce, is generally understood in that
town, especially by seamen and those
employed in the customs. I gave him a short
account of some particulars, and made my
story as plausible and consistent as I could;
but I thought it necessary to disguise my
country, and call myself a Hollander;
because my intentions were for Japan, and
I knew the Dutch were the only Europeans
permitted to enter into that kingdom. I
therefore told the officer, “that having been
shipwrecked on the coast of Balnibarbi,
and cast on a rock, I was received up into
Laputa, or the flying island (of which he had
often heard), and was now endeavouring to
get to Japan, whence I might find a
convenience of returning to my own
country.” The officer said, “I must be
confined till he could receive orders from
court, for which he would write immediately,
and hoped to receive an answer in a
fortnight.” I was carried to a convenient
lodging with a sentry placed at the door;
however, I had the liberty of a large garden,
and was treated with humanity enough,
being maintained all the time at the king’s
charge. I was invited by several persons,
chiefly out of curiosity, because it was
reported that I came from countries very
remote, of which they had never heard.

I hired a young man, who came in the same
ship, to be an interpreter; he was a native of
Luggnagg, but had lived some years at
Maldonada, and was a perfect master of
both languages. By his assistance, I was
able to hold a conversation with those who
came to visit me; but this consisted only of
their questions, and my answers.

The despatch came from court about the
time we expected. It contained a warrant for
conducting me and my retinue to
Traldragdubh, or Trildrogdrib (for it is
pronounced both ways as near as I can
remember), by a party of ten horse. All my

-108-

retinue was that poor lad for an interpreter,
whom I persuaded into my service, and, at
my humble request, we had each of us a
mule to ride on. A messenger was
despatched half a day’s journey before us,
to give the king notice of my approach, and
to desire, “that his majesty would please to
appoint a day and hour, when it would by his
gracious pleasure that I might have the
honour to lick the dust before his footstool.”
This is the court style, and I found it to be
more than matter of form: for, upon my
admittance two days after my arrival, I was
commanded to crawl upon my belly, and lick
the floor as I advanced; but, on account of
my being a stranger, care was taken to
have it made so clean, that the dust was not
offensive. However, this was a peculiar
grace, not allowed to any but persons of the
highest rank, when they desire an
admittance. Nay, sometimes the floor is
strewed with dust on purpose, when the
person to be admitted happens to have
powerful enemies at court; and I have seen
a great lord with his mouth so crammed,
that when he had crept to the proper
distance from the throne; he was not able to
speak a word. Neither is there any remedy;
because it is capital for those, who receive
an audience to spit or wipe their mouths in
his majesty’s presence. There is indeed
another custom, which I cannot altogether
approve of: when the king has a mind to put
any of his nobles to death in a gentle
indulgent manner, he commands the floor to
be strewed with a certain brown powder of
a deadly composition, which being licked
up, infallibly kills him in twenty-four hours.
But in justice to this prince’s great
clemency, and the care he has of his
subjects’ lives (wherein it were much to be
wished that the Monarchs of Europe would
imitate him), it must be mentioned for his
honour, that strict orders are given to have
the infected parts of the floor well washed
after every such execution, which, if his

domestics neglect, they are in danger of
incurring his royal displeasure. I myself
heard him give directions, that one of his
pages should be whipped, whose turn it
was to give notice about washing the floor
after an execution, but maliciously had
omitted it; by which neglect a young lord of
great hopes, coming to an audience, was
unfortunately poisoned, although the king at
that time had no design against his life. But
this good prince was so gracious as to
forgive the poor page his whipping, upon
promise that he would do so no more,
without special orders.

To return from this digression. When I had
crept within four yards of the throne, I raised
myself gently upon my knees, and then
striking my forehead seven times against
the ground, I pronounced the following
words, as they had been taught me the night
before, Inckpling gloffthrobb squut
serummblhiop mlashnalt zwin tnodbalkuffh
slhiophad gurdlubh asht. This is the
compliment, established by the laws of the
land, for all persons admitted to the king’s
presence. It may be rendered into English
thus: “May your celestial majesty outlive the
sun, eleven moons and a half!” To this the
king returned some answer, which,
although I could not understand, yet I replied
as I had been directed: Fluft drin yalerick
dwuldom prastrad mirpush, which properly
signifies, “My tongue is in the mouth of my
friend;” and by this expression was meant,
that I desired leave to bring my interpreter;
whereupon the young man already
mentioned was accordingly introduced, by
whose intervention I answered as many
questions as his majesty could put in above
an hour. I spoke in the Balnibarbian tongue,
and my interpreter delivered my meaning in
that of Luggnagg.

The king was much delighted with my
company, and ordered his bliffmarklub, or

-109-

high-chamberlain, to appoint a lodging in
the court for me and my interpreter; with a
daily allowance for my table, and a large
purse of gold for my common expenses.

I staid three months in this country, out of
perfect obedience to his majesty; who was
pleased highly to favour me, and made me
very honourable offers. But I thought it more
consistent with prudence and justice to
pass the remainder of my days with my wife
and family.

CHAPTER X.

[The Luggnaggians commended. A
particular description of the Struldbrugs,
with many conversations between the
author and some eminent persons upon that
subject.]

The Luggnaggians are a polite and
generous people; and although they are not
without some share of that pride which is
peculiar to all Eastern countries, yet they
show themselves courteous to strangers,
especially such who are countenanced by
the court. I had many acquaintance, and
among persons of the best fashion; and
being always attended by my interpreter,
the conversation we had was not
disagreeable.

One day, in much good company, I was
asked by a person of quality, “whether I had
seen any of their struldbrugs, or immortals?”
I said, “I had not;” and desired he would
explain to me “what he meant by such an
appellation, applied to a mortal creature.”
He told me “that sometimes, though very
rarely, a child happened to be born in a
family, with a red circular spot in the
forehead, directly over the left eyebrow,
which was an infallible mark that it should
never die.” The spot, as he described it,
“was about the compass of a silver

threepence, but in the course of time grew
larger, and changed its colour; for at twelve
years old it became green, so continued till
five and twenty, then turned to a deep blue:
at five and forty it grew coal black, and as
large as an English shilling; but never
admitted any further alteration.” He said,
“these births were so rare, that he did not
believe there could be above eleven
hundred struldbrugs, of both sexes, in the
whole kingdom; of which he computed
about fifty in the metropolis, and, among the
rest, a young girl born; about three years
ago: that these productions were not
peculiar to any family, but a mere effect of
chance; and the children of the struldbrugs
themselves were equally mortal with the rest
of the people.”

I freely own myself to have been struck with
inexpressible delight, upon hearing this
account: and the person who gave it me
happening to understand the Balnibarbian
language, which I spoke very well, I could
not forbear breaking out into expressions,
perhaps a little too extravagant. I cried out,
as in a rapture, “Happy nation, where every
child hath at least a chance for being
immortal! Happy people, who enjoy so
many living examples of ancient virtue, and
have masters ready to instruct them in the
wisdom of all former ages! but happiest,
beyond all comparison, are those excellent
struldbrugs, who, being born exempt from
that universal calamity of human nature,
have their minds free and disengaged,
without the weight and depression of spirits
caused by the continual apprehensions of
death!” I discovered my admiration that I
had not observed any of these illustrious
persons at court; the black spot on the
forehead being so remarkable a distinction,
that I could not have easily overlooked it:
and it was impossible that his majesty, a
most judicious prince, should not provide
himself with a good number of such wise

-110-

and able counsellors. Yet perhaps the virtue
of those reverend sages was too strict for
the corrupt and libertine manners of a court:
and we often find by experience, that young
men are too opinionated and volatile to be
guided by the sober dictates of their
seniors. However, since the king was
pleased to allow me access to his royal
person, I was resolved, upon the very first
occasion, to deliver my opinion to him on
this matter freely and at large, by the help of
my interpreter; and whether he would
please to take my advice or not, yet in one
thing I was determined, that his majesty
having frequently offered me an
establishment in this country, I would, with
great thankfulness, accept the favour, and
pass my life here in the conversation of
those superior beings the struldbrugs, if
they would please to admit me.”

The gentleman to whom I addressed my
discourse, because (as I have already
observed) he spoke the language of
Balnibarbi, said to me, with a sort of a smile
which usually arises from pity to the
ignorant, “that he was glad of any occasion
to keep me among them, and desired my
permission to explain to the company what I
had spoke.” He did so, and they talked
together for some time in their own
language, whereof I understood not a
syllable, neither could I observe by their
countenances, what impression my
discourse had made on them. After a short
silence, the same person told me, “that his
friends and mine (so he thought fit to
express himself) were very much pleased
with the judicious remarks I had made on
the great happiness and advantages of
immortal life, and they were desirous to
know, in a particular manner, what scheme
of living I should have formed to myself, if it
had fallen to my lot to have been born a
struldbrug.”

I answered, “it was easy to be eloquent on
so copious and delightful a subject,
especially to me, who had been often apt to
amuse myself with visions of what I should
do, if I were a king, a general, or a great
lord: and upon this very case, I had
frequently run over the whole system how I
should employ myself, and pass the time, if I
were sure to live for ever.

“That, if it had been my good fortune to
come into the world a struldbrug, as soon as
I could discover my own happiness, by
understanding the difference between life
and death, I would first resolve, by all arts
and methods, whatsoever, to procure
myself riches. In the pursuit of which, by
thrift and management, I might reasonably
expect, in about two hundred years, to be
the wealthiest man in the kingdom. In the
second place, I would, from my earliest
youth, apply myself to the study of arts and
sciences, by which I should arrive in time to
excel all others in learning. Lastly, I would
carefully record every action and event of
consequence, that happened in the public,
impartially draw the characters of the
several successions of princes and great
ministers of state, with my own
observations on every point. I would exactly
set down the several changes in customs,
language, fashions of dress, diet, and
diversions. By all which acquirements, I
should be a living treasure of knowledge
and wisdom, and certainly become the
oracle of the nation.

“I would never marry after threescore, but
live in a hospitable manner, yet still on the
saving side. I would entertain myself in
forming and directing the minds of hopeful
young men, by convincing them, from my
own remembrance, experience, and
observation, fortified by numerous
examples, of the usefulness of virtue in
public and private life. But my choice and

-111-

constant companions should be a set of my
own immortal brotherhood; among whom, I
would elect a dozen from the most ancient,
down to my own contemporaries. Where any
of these wanted fortunes, I would provide
them with convenient lodges round my own
estate, and have some of them always at
my table; only mingling a few of the most
valuable among you mortals, whom length
of time would harden me to lose with little or
no reluctance, and treat your posterity after
the same manner; just as a man diverts
himself with the annual succession of pinks
and tulips in his garden, without regretting
the loss of those which withered the
preceding year.

“These struldbrugs and I would mutually
communicate our observations and
memorials, through the course of time;
remark the several gradations by which
corruption steals into the world, and oppose
it in every step, by giving perpetual warning
and instruction to mankind; which, added to
the strong influence of our own example,
would probably prevent that continual
degeneracy of human nature so justly
complained of in all ages.

“Add to this, the pleasure of seeing the
various revolutions of states and empires;
the changes in the lower and upper world;
ancient cities in ruins, and obscure villages
become the seats of kings; famous rivers
lessening into shallow brooks; the ocean
leaving one coast dry, and overwhelming
another; the discovery of many countries yet
unknown; barbarity overrunning the politest
nations, and the most barbarous become
civilized. I should then see the discovery of
the longitude, the perpetual motion, the
universal medicine, and many other great
inventions, brought to the utmost perfection.

“What wonderful discoveries should we
make in astronomy, by outliving and

confirming our own predictions; by
observing the progress and return of
comets, with the changes of motion in the
sun, moon, and stars!”

I enlarged upon many other topics, which
the natural desire of endless life, and
sublunary happiness, could easily furnish
me with. When I had ended, and the sum of
my discourse had been interpreted, as
before, to the rest of the company, there
was a good deal of talk among them in the
language of the country, not without some
laughter at my expense. At last, the same
gentleman who had been my interpreter,
said, “he was desired by the rest to set me
right in a few mistakes, which I had fallen
into through the common imbecility of
human nature, and upon that allowance was
less answerable for them. That this breed of
struldbrugs was peculiar to their country, for
there were no such people either in
Balnibarbi or Japan, where he had the
honour to be ambassador from his majesty,
and found the natives in both those
kingdoms very hard to believe that the fact
was possible: and it appeared from my
astonishment when he first mentioned the
matter to me, that I received it as a thing
wholly new, and scarcely to be credited.
That in the two kingdoms above mentioned,
where, during his residence, he had
conversed very much, he observed long life
to be the universal desire and wish of
mankind. That whoever had one foot in the
grave was sure to hold back the other as
strongly as he could. That the oldest had still
hopes of living one day longer, and looked
on death as the greatest evil, from which
nature always prompted him to retreat. Only
in this island of Luggnagg the appetite for
living was not so eager, from the continual
example of the struldbrugs before their
eyes.

“That the system of living contrived by me,

-112-

was unreasonable and unjust; because it
supposed a perpetuity of youth, health, and
vigour, which no man could be so foolish to
hope, however extravagant he may be in his
wishes. That the question therefore was
not, whether a man would choose to be
always in the prime of youth, attended with
prosperity and health; but how he would
pass a perpetual life under all the usual
disadvantages which old age brings along
with it. For although few men will avow their
desires of being immortal, upon such hard
conditions, yet in the two kingdoms before
mentioned, of Balnibarbi and Japan, he
observed that every man desired to put off
death some time longer, let it approach ever
so late: and he rarely heard of any man who
died willingly, except he were incited by the
extremity of grief or torture. And he
appealed to me, whether in those countries
I had travelled, as well as my own, I had not
observed the same general disposition.”

After this preface, he gave me a particular
account of the struldbrugs among them. He
said, “they commonly acted like mortals till
about thirty years old; after which, by
degrees, they grew melancholy and
dejected, increasing in both till they came to
fourscore. This he learned from their own
confession: for otherwise, there not being
above two or three of that species born in
an age, they were too few to form a general
observation by. When they came to
fourscore years, which is reckoned the
extremity of living in this country, they had
not only all the follies and infirmities of other
old men, but many more which arose from
the dreadful prospect of never dying. They
were not only opinionative, peevish,
covetous, morose, vain, talkative, but
incapable of friendship, and dead to all
natural affection, which never descended
below their grandchildren. Envy and
impotent desires are their prevailing
passions. But those objects against which

their envy seems principally directed, are
the vices of the younger sort and the deaths
of the old. By reflecting on the former, they
find themselves cut off from all possibility of
pleasure; and whenever they see a funeral,
they lament and repine that others have
gone to a harbour of rest to which they
themselves never can hope to arrive. They
have no remembrance of anything but what
they learned and observed in their youth and
middle-age, and even that is very
imperfect; and for the truth or particulars of
any fact, it is safer to depend on common
tradition, than upon their best recollections.
The least miserable among them appear to
be those who turn to dotage, and entirely
lose their memories; these meet with more
pity and assistance, because they want
many bad qualities which abound in others.

“If a struldbrug happen to marry one of his
own kind, the marriage is dissolved of
course, by the courtesy of the kingdom, as
soon as the younger of the two comes to be
fourscore; for the law thinks it a reasonable
indulgence, that those who are condemned,
without any fault of their own, to a perpetual
continuance in the world, should not have
their misery doubled by the load of a wife.

“As soon as they have completed the term
of eighty years, they are looked on as dead
in law; their heirs immediately succeed to
their estates; only a small pittance is
reserved for their support; and the poor
ones are maintained at the public charge.
After that period, they are held incapable of
any employment of trust or profit; they
cannot purchase lands, or take leases;
neither are they allowed to be witnesses in
any cause, either civil or criminal, not even
for the decision of meers and bounds.

“At ninety, they lose their teeth and hair; they
have at that age no distinction of taste, but
eat and drink whatever they can get, without

-113-

relish or appetite. The diseases they were
subject to still continue, without increasing
or diminishing. In talking, they forget the
common appellation of things, and the
names of persons, even of those who are
their nearest friends and relations. For the
same reason, they never can amuse
themselves with reading, because their
memory will not serve to carry them from the
beginning of a sentence to the end; and by
this defect, they are deprived of the only
entertainment whereof they might otherwise
be capable.

The language of this country being always
upon the flux, the struldbrugs of one age do
not understand those of another; neither are
they able, after two hundred years, to hold
any conversation (farther than by a few
general words) with their neighbours the
mortals; and thus they lie under the
disadvantage of living like foreigners in
their own country.”

This was the account given me of the
struldbrugs, as near as I can remember. I
afterwards saw five or six of different ages,
the youngest not above two hundred years
old, who were brought to me at several
times by some of my friends; but although
they were told, “that I was a great traveller,
and had seen all the world,” they had not the
least curiosity to ask me a question; only
desired “I would give them slumskudask,” or
a token of remembrance; which is a modest
way of begging, to avoid the law, that strictly
forbids it, because they are provided for by
the public, although indeed with a very
scanty allowance.

They are despised and hated by all sorts of
people. When one of them is born, it is
reckoned ominous, and their birth is
recorded very particularly so that you may
know their age by consulting the register,
which, however, has not been kept above a

thousand years past, or at least has been
destroyed by time or public disturbances.
But the usual way of computing how old they
are, is by asking them what kings or great
persons they can remember, and then
consulting history; for infallibly the last
prince in their mind did not begin his reign
after they were fourscore years old.

They were the most mortifying sight I ever
beheld; and the women more horrible than
the men. Besides the usual deformities in
extreme old age, they acquired an
additional ghastliness, in proportion to their
number of years, which is not to be
described; and among half a dozen, I soon
distinguished which was the eldest,
although there was not above a century or
two between them.

The reader will easily believe, that from
what I had hear and seen, my keen appetite
for perpetuity of life was much abated. I
grew heartily ashamed of the pleasing
visions I had formed; and thought no tyrant
could invent a death into which I would not
run with pleasure, from such a life. The king
heard of all that had passed between me
and my friends upon this occasion, and
rallied me very pleasantly; wishing I could
send a couple of struldbrugs to my own
country, to arm our people against the fear
of death; but this, it seems, is forbidden by
the fundamental laws of the kingdom, or
else I should have been well content with the
trouble and expense of transporting them.

I could not but agree, that the laws of this
kingdom relative to the struldbrugs were
founded upon the strongest reasons, and
such as any other country would be under
the necessity of enacting, in the like
circumstances. Otherwise, as avarice is the
necessary consequence of old age, those
immortals would in time become
proprietors of the whole nation, and

-114-

engross the civil power, which, for want of
abilities to manage, must end in the ruin of
the public.

CHAPTER XI.

[The author leaves Luggnagg, and sails to
Japan. From thence he returns in a Dutch
ship to Amsterdam, and from Amsterdam
to England.]

I thought this account of the struldbrugs
might be some entertainment to the reader,
because it seems to be a little out of the
common way; at least I do not remember to
have met the like in any book of travels that
has come to my hands: and if I am
deceived, my excuse must be, that it is
necessary for travellers who describe the
same country, very often to agree in
dwelling on the same particulars, without
deserving the censure of having borrowed
or transcribed from those who wrote before
them.

There is indeed a perpetual commerce
between this kingdom and the great empire
of Japan; and it is very probable, that the
Japanese authors may have given some
account of the struldbrugs; but my stay in
Japan was so short, and I was so entirely a
stranger to the language, that I was not
qualified to make any inquiries. But I hope
the Dutch, upon this notice, will be curious
and able enough to supply my defects.

His majesty having often pressed me to
accept some employment in his court, and
finding me absolutely determined to return
to my native country, was pleased to give
me his license to depart; and honoured me
with a letter of recommendation, under his
own hand, to the Emperor of Japan. He
likewise presented me with four hundred
and forty-four large pieces of gold (this
nation delighting in even numbers), and a

red diamond, which I sold in England for
eleven hundred pounds.

On the 6th of May, 1709, I took a solemn leave
of his majesty, and all my friends. This
prince was so gracious as to order a guard
to conduct me to Glanguenstald, which is a
royal port to the south-west part of the
island. In six days I found a vessel ready to
carry me to Japan, and spent fifteen days in
the voyage. We landed at a small port-town
called Xamoschi, situated on the south-
east part of Japan; the town lies on the
western point, where there is a narrow strait
leading northward into along arm of the sea,
upon the north-west part of which, Yedo,
the metropolis, stands. At landing, I showed
the custom-house officers my letter from
the king of Luggnagg to his imperial
majesty. They knew the seal perfectly well;
it was as broad as the palm of my hand. The
impression was, A king lifting up a lame
beggar from the earth. The magistrates of
the town, hearing of my letter, received me
as a public minister. They provided me with
carriages and servants, and bore my
charges to Yedo; where I was admitted to
an audience, and delivered my letter, which
was opened with great ceremony, and
explained to the Emperor by an interpreter,
who then gave me notice, by his majesty’s
order, “that I should signify my request, and,
whatever it were, it should be granted, for
the sake of his royal brother of Luggnagg.”
This interpreter was a person employed to
transact affairs with the Hollanders. He
soon conjectured, by my countenance, that I
was a European, and therefore repeated
his majesty’s commands in Low Dutch,
which he spoke perfectly well. I answered,
as I had before determined, “that I was a
Dutch merchant, shipwrecked in a very
remote country, whence I had travelled by
sea and land to Luggnagg, and then took
shipping for Japan; where I knew my
countrymen often traded, and with some of

-115-

these I hoped to get an opportunity of
returning into Europe: I therefore most
humbly entreated his royal favour, to give
order that I should be conducted in safety to
Nangasac.” To this I added another petition,
“that for the sake of my patron the king of
Luggnagg, his majesty would condescend
to excuse my performing the ceremony
imposed on my countrymen, of trampling
upon the crucifix: because I had been
thrown into his kingdom by my misfortunes,
without any intention of trading.” When this
latter petition was interpreted to the
Emperor, he seemed a little surprised; and
said, “he believed I was the first of my
countrymen who ever made any scruple in
this point; and that he began to doubt,
whether I was a real Hollander, or not; but
rather suspected I must be a Christian.
However, for the reasons I had offered, but
chiefly to gratify the king of Luggnagg by an
uncommon mark of his favour, he would
comply with the singularity of my humour;
but the affair must be managed with
dexterity, and his officers should be
commanded to let me pass, as it were by
forgetfulness. For he assured me, that if the
secret should be discovered by my
countrymen the Dutch, they would cut my
throat in the voyage.” I returned my thanks,
by the interpreter, for so unusual a favour;
and some troops being at that time on their
march to Nangasac, the commanding
officer had orders to convey me safe
thither, with particular instructions about the
business of the crucifix.

On the 9th day of June, 1709, I arrived at
Nangasac, after a very long and
troublesome journey. I soon fell into the
company of some Dutch sailors belonging
to the Amboyna, of Amsterdam, a stout ship
of 450 tons. I had lived long in Holland,
pursuing my studies at Leyden, and I spoke
Dutch well. The seamen soon knew whence
I came last: they were curious to inquire into

my voyages and course of life. I made up a
story as short and probable as I could, but
concealed the greatest part. I knew many
persons in Holland. I was able to invent
names for my parents, whom I pretended to
be obscure people in the province of
Gelderland. I would have given the captain
(one Theodorus Vangrult) what he pleased
to ask for my voyage to Holland; but
understanding I was a surgeon, he was
contented to take half the usual rate, on
condition that I would serve him in the way of
my calling. Before we took shipping, I was
often asked by some of the crew, whether I
had performed the ceremony above
mentioned? I evaded the question by
general answers; “that I had satisfied the
Emperor and court in all particulars.”
However, a malicious rogue of a skipper
went to an officer, and pointing to me, told
him, “I had not yet trampled on the crucifix;”
but the other, who had received instructions
to let me pass, gave the rascal twenty
strokes on the shoulders with a bamboo;
after which I was no more troubled with such
questions.

Nothing happened worth mentioning in this
voyage. We sailed with a fair wind to the
Cape of Good Hope, where we staid only to
take in fresh water. On the 10th of April, 1710,
we arrived safe at Amsterdam, having lost
only three men by sickness in the voyage,
and a fourth, who fell from the foremast into
the sea, not far from the coast of Guinea.
From Amsterdam I soon after set sail for
England, in a small vessel belonging to that
city.

On the 16th of April we put in at the Downs. I
landed next morning, and saw once more
my native country, after an absence of five
years and six months complete. I went
straight to Redriff, where I arrived the same
day at two in the afternoon, and found my
wife and family in good health.

-116-

PART IV. A VOYAGE TO THE COUNTRY
OF THE HOUYHNHNMS.

CHAPTER I.

[The author sets out as captain of a ship.
His men conspire against him, confine him
a long time to his cabin, and set him on
shore in an unknown land. He travels up into
the country. The Yahoos, a strange sort of
animal, described. The author meets two
Houyhnhnms.]

I continued at home with my wife and
children about five months, in a very happy
condition, if I could have learned the lesson
of knowing when I was well. I left my poor
wife big with child, and accepted an
advantageous offer made me to be captain
of the Adventurer, a stout merchantman of
350 tons: for I understood navigation well,
and being grown weary of a surgeon’s
employment at sea, which, however, I could
exercise upon occasion, I took a skilful
young man of that calling, one Robert
Purefoy, into my ship. We set sail from
Portsmouth upon the 7th day of September,
1710; on the 14th we met with Captain Pocock,
of Bristol, at Teneriffe, who was going to
the bay of Campechy to cut logwood. On the
16th, he was parted from us by a storm; I
heard since my return, that his ship
foundered, and none escaped but one
cabin boy. He was an honest man, and a
good sailor, but a little too positive in his
own opinions, which was the cause of his
destruction, as it has been with several
others; for if he had followed my advice, he
might have been safe at home with his
family at this time, as well as myself.

I had several men who died in my ship of
calentures, so that I was forced to get
recruits out of Barbadoes and the Leeward
Islands, where I touched, by the direction of
the merchants who employed me; which I

had soon too much cause to repent: for I
found afterwards, that most of them had
been buccaneers. I had fifty hands onboard;
and my orders were, that I should trade with
the Indians in the South-Sea, and make
what discoveries I could. These rogues,
whom I had picked up, debauched my other
men, and they all formed a conspiracy to
seize the ship, and secure me; which they
did one morning, rushing into my cabin, and
binding me hand and foot, threatening to
throw me overboard, if I offered to stir. I told
them, “I was their prisoner, and would
submit.” This they made me swear to do,
and then they unbound me, only fastening
one of my legs with a chain, near my bed,
and placed a sentry at my door with his
piece charged, who was commanded to
shoot me dead if I attempted my liberty.
They sent me own victuals and drink, and
took the government of the ship to
themselves. Their design was to turn pirates
and, plunder the Spaniards, which they
could not do till they got more men. But first
they resolved to sell the goods the ship, and
then go to Madagascar for recruits, several
among them having died since my
confinement. They sailed many weeks, and
traded with the Indians; but I knew not what
course they took, being kept a close
prisoner in my cabin, and expecting nothing
less than to be murdered, as they often
threatened me.

Upon the 9th day of May, 1711, one James
Welch came down to my cabin, and said,
“he had orders from the captain to set me
ashore.” I expostulated with him, but in vain;
neither would he so much as tell me who
their new captain was. They forced me into
the long-boat, letting me put on my best suit
of clothes, which were as good as new, and
take a small bundle of linen, but no arms,
except my hanger; and they were so civil as
not to search my pockets, into which I
conveyed what money I had, with some

-117-

other little necessaries. They rowed about a
league, and then set me down on a strand. I
desired them to tell me what country it was.
They all swore, “they knew no more than
myself;” but said, “that the captain” (as they
called him) “was resolved, after they had
sold the lading, to get rid of me in the first
place where they could discover land.” They
pushed off immediately, advising me to
make haste for fear of being overtaken by
the tide, and so bade me farewell.

In this desolate condition I advanced
forward, and soon got upon firm ground,
where I sat down on a bank to rest myself,
and consider what I had best do. When I was
a little refreshed, I went up into the country,
resolving to deliver myself to the first
savages I should meet, and purchase my
life from them by some bracelets, glass
rings, and other toys, which sailors usually
provide themselves with in those voyages,
and whereof I had some about me. The land
was divided by long rows of trees, not
regularly planted, but naturally growing;
there was great plenty of grass, and several
fields of oats. I walked very circumspectly,
for fear of being surprised, or suddenly shot
with an arrow from behind, or on either side.
I fell into a beaten road, where I saw many
tracts of human feet, and some of cows, but
most of horses. At last I beheld several
animals in a field, and one or two of the
same kind sitting in trees. Their shape was
very singular and deformed, which a little
discomposed me, so that I lay down behind
a thicket to observe them better. Some of
them coming forward near the place where I
lay, gave me an opportunity of distinctly
marking their form. Their heads and breasts
were covered with a thick hair, some
frizzled, and others lank; they had beards
like goats, and a long ridge of hair down
their backs, and the fore parts of their legs
and feet; but the rest of their bodies was
bare, so that I might see their skins, which

were of a brown buff colour. They had no
tails, nor any hair at all on their buttocks,
except about the anus, which, I presume,
nature had placed there to defend them as
they sat on the ground, for this posture they
used, as well as lying down, and often
stood on their hind feet. They climbed high
trees as nimbly as a squirrel, for they had
strong extended claws before and behind,
terminating in sharp points, and hooked.
They would often spring, and bound, and
leap, with prodigious agility. The females
were not so large as the males; they had
long lank hair on their heads, but none on
their faces, nor any thing more than a sort of
down on the rest of their bodies, except
about the anus and pudenda. The dugs
hung between their fore feet, and often
reached almost to the ground as they
walked. The hair of both sexes was of
several colours, brown, red, black, and
yellow. Upon the whole, I never beheld, in all
my travels, so disagreeable an animal, or
one against which I naturally conceived so
strong an antipathy. So that, thinking I had
seen enough, full of contempt and aversion,
I got up, and pursued the beaten road,
hoping it might direct me to the cabin of
some Indian. I had not got far, when I met
one of these creatures full in my way, and
coming up directly to me. The ugly monster,
when he saw me, distorted several ways,
every feature of his visage, and stared, as
at an object he had never seen before; then
approaching nearer, lifted up his fore-paw,
whether out of curiosity or mischief I could
not tell; but I drew my hanger, and gave him
a good blow with the flat side of it, for I durst
not strike with the edge, fearing the
inhabitants might be provoked against me,
if they should come to know that I had killed
or maimed any of their cattle. When the
beast felt the smart, he drew back, and
roared so loud, that a herd of at least forty
came flocking about me from the next field,
howling and making odious faces; but I ran

-118-

to the body of a tree, and leaning my back
against it, kept them off by waving my
hanger. Several of this cursed brood,
getting hold of the branches behind, leaped
up into the tree, whence they began to
discharge their excrements on my head;
however, I escaped pretty well by sticking
close to the stem of the tree, but was almost
stifled with the filth, which fell about me on
every side.

In the midst of this distress, I observed them
all to run away on a sudden as fast as they
could; at which I ventured to leave the tree
and pursue the road, wondering what it was
that could put them into this fright. But
looking on my left hand, I saw a horse
walking softly in the field; which my
persecutors having sooner discovered,
was the cause of their flight. The horse
started a little, when he came near me, but
soon recovering himself, looked full in my
face with manifest tokens of wonder; he
viewed my hands and feet, walking round
me several times. I would have pursued my
journey, but he placed himself directly in the
way, yet looking with a very mild aspect,
never offering the least violence. We stood
gazing at each other for some time; at last I
took the boldness to reach my hand towards
his neck with a design to stroke it, using the
common style and whistle of jockeys, when
they are going to handle a strange horse.
But this animal seemed to receive my
civilities with disdain, shook his head, and
bent his brows, softly raising up his right
fore-foot to remove my hand. Then he
neighed three or four times, but in so
different a cadence, that I almost began to
think he was speaking to himself, in some
language of his own.

While he and I were thus employed, another
horse came up; who applying himself to the
first in a very formal manner, they gently
struck each other’s right hoof before,

neighing several times by turns, and varying
the sound, which seemed to be almost
articulate. They went some paces off, as if it
were to confer together, walking side by
side, backward and forward, like persons
deliberating upon some affair of weight, but
often turning their eyes towards me, as it
were to watch that I might not escape. I was
amazed to see such actions and behaviour
in brute beasts; and concluded with myself,
that if the inhabitants of this country were
endued with a proportionable degree of
reason, they must needs be the wisest
people upon earth. This thought gave me so
much comfort, that I resolved to go forward,
until I could discover some house or village,
or meet with any of the natives, leaving the
two horses to discourse together as they
pleased. But the first, who was a dapple
gray, observing me to steal off, neighed
after me in so expressive a tone, that I
fancied myself to understand what he
meant; whereupon I turned back, and came
near to him to expect his farther commands:
but concealing my fear as much as I could,
for I began to be in some pain how this
adventure might terminate; and the reader
will easily believe I did not much like my
present situation.

The two horses came up close to me,
looking with great earnestness upon my
face and hands. The gray steed rubbed my
hat all round with his right fore-hoof, and
discomposed it so much that I was forced to
adjust it better by taking it off and settling it
again; whereat, both he and his companion
(who was a brown bay) appeared to be
much surprised: the latter felt the lappet of
my coat, and finding it to hang loose about
me, they both looked with new signs of
wonder. He stroked my right hand, seeming
to admire the softness and colour; but he
squeezed it so hard between his hoof and
his pastern, that I was forced to roar; after
which they both touched me with all

-119-

possible tenderness. They were under
great perplexity about my shoes and
stockings, which they felt very often,
neighing to each other, and using various
gestures, not unlike those of a philosopher,
when he would attempt to solve some new
and difficult phenomenon.

Upon the whole, the behaviour of these
animals was so orderly and rational, so
acute and judicious, that I at last concluded
they must needs be magicians, who had
thus metamorphosed themselves upon
some design, and seeing a stranger in the
way, resolved to divert themselves with him;
or, perhaps, were really amazed at the sight
of a man so very different in habit, feature,
and complexion, from those who might
probably live in so remote a climate. Upon
the strength of this reasoning, I ventured to
address them in the following manner:
“Gentlemen, if you be conjurers, as I have
good cause to believe, you can understand
my language; therefore I make bold to let
your worships know that I am a poor
distressed Englishman, driven by his
misfortunes upon your coast; and I entreat
one of you to let me ride upon his back, as if
he were a real horse, to some house or
village where I can be relieved. In return of
which favour, I will make you a present of
this knife and bracelet,” taking them out of
my pocket. The two creatures stood silent
while I spoke, seeming to listen with great
attention, and when I had ended, they
neighed frequently towards each other, as if
they were engaged in serious conversation.
I plainly observed that their language
expressed the passions very well, and the
words might, with little pains, be resolved
into an alphabet more easily than the
Chinese.

I could frequently distinguish the word
Yahoo, which was repeated by each of
them several times: and although it was

impossible for me to conjecture what it
meant, yet while the two horses were busy
in conversation, I endeavoured to practise
this word upon my tongue; and as soon as
they were silent, I boldly pronounced Yahoo
in a loud voice, imitating at the same time,
as near as I could, the neighing of a horse;
at which they were both visibly surprised;
and the gray repeated the same word
twice, as if he meant to teach me the right
accent; wherein I spoke after him as well as
I could, and found myself perceivably to
improve every time, though very far from
any degree of perfection. Then the bay tried
me with a second word, much harder to be
pronounced; but reducing it to the English
orthography, may be spelt thus,
Houyhnhnm. I did not succeed in this so well
as in the former; but after two or three
farther trials, I had better fortune; and they
both appeared amazed at my capacity.

After some further discourse, which I then
conjectured might relate to me, the two
friends took their leaves, with the same
compliment of striking each other’s hoof;
and the gray made me signs that I should
walk before him; wherein I thought it prudent
to comply, till I could find a better director.
When I offered to slacken my pace, he
would cry hhuun hhuun: I guessed his
meaning, and gave him to understand, as
well as I could, “that I was weary, and not
able to walk faster;” upon which he would
stand awhile to let me rest.

CHAPTER II.

[The author conducted by a Houyhnhnm to
his house. The house described. The
author’s reception. The food of the
Houyhnhnms. The author in distress for
want of meat. Is at last relieved. His manner
of feeding in this country.]

Having travelled about three miles, we

-120-

came to a long kind of building, made of
timber stuck in the ground, and wattled
across; the roof was low and covered with
straw. I now began to be a little comforted;
and took out some toys, which travellers
usually carry for presents to the savage
Indians of America, and other parts, in
hopes the people of the house would be
thereby encouraged to receive me kindly.
The horse made me a sign to go in first; it
was a large room with a smooth clay floor,
and a rack and manger, extending the
whole length on one side. There were three
nags and two mares, not eating, but some
of them sitting down upon their hams, which
I very much wondered at; but wondered
more to see the rest employed in domestic
business; these seemed but ordinary cattle.
However, this confirmed my first opinion,
that a people who could so far civilise brute
animals, must needs excel in wisdom all the
nations of the world. The gray came in just
after, and thereby prevented any ill
treatment which the others might have given
me. He neighed to them several times in a
style of authority, and received answers.

Beyond this room there were three others,
reaching the length of the house, to which
you passed through three doors, opposite
to each other, in the manner of a vista. We
went through the second room towards the
third. Here the gray walked in first,
beckoning me to attend: I waited in the
second room, and got ready my presents
for the master and mistress of the house;
they were two knives, three bracelets of
false pearls, a small looking-glass, and a
bead necklace. The horse neighed three or
four times, and I waited to hear some
answers in a human voice, but I heard no
other returns than in the same dialect, only
one or two a little shriller than his. I began to
think that this house must belong to some
person of great note among them, because
there appeared so much ceremony before I

could gain admittance. But, that a man of
quality should be served all by horses, was
beyond my comprehension. I feared my
brain was disturbed by my sufferings and
misfortunes. I roused myself, and looked
about me in the room where I was left alone:
this was furnished like the first, only after a
more elegant manner. I rubbed my eyes
often, but the same objects still occurred. I
pinched my arms and sides to awake
myself, hoping I might be in a dream. I then
absolutely concluded, that all these
appearances could be nothing else but
necromancy and magic. But I had no time to
pursue these reflections; for the gray horse
came to the door, and made me a sign to
follow him into the third room where I saw a
very comely mare, together with a colt and
foal, sitting on their haunches upon mats of
straw, not unartfully made, and perfectly
neat and clean.

The mare soon after my entrance rose from
her mat, and coming up close, after having
nicely observed my hands and face, gave
me a most contemptuous look; and turning
to the horse, I heard the word Yahoo often
repeated betwixt them; the meaning of
which word I could not then comprehend,
although it was the first I had learned to
pronounce. But I was soon better informed,
to my everlasting mortification; for the
horse, beckoning to me with his head, and
repeating the hhuun, hhuun, as he did upon
the road, which I understood was to attend
him, led me out into a kind of court, where
was another building, at some distance
from the house. Here we entered, and I saw
three of those detestable creatures, which I
first met after my landing, feeding upon
roots, and the flesh of some animals, which
I afterwards found to be that of asses and
dogs, and now and then a cow, dead by
accident or disease. They were all tied by
the neck with strong withes fastened to a
beam; they held their food between the

-121-

claws of their fore feet, and tore it with their
teeth.

The master horse ordered a sorrel nag, one
of his servants, to untie the largest of these
animals, and take him into the yard. The
beast and I were brought close together,
and by our countenances diligently
compared both by master and servant, who
thereupon repeated several times the word
Yahoo. My horror and astonishment are not
to be described, when I observed in this
abominable animal, a perfect human figure:
the face of it indeed was flat and broad, the
nose depressed, the lips large, and the
mouth wide; but these differences are
common to all savage nations, where the
lineaments of the countenance are
distorted, by the natives suffering their
infants to lie grovelling on the earth, or by
carrying them on their backs, nuzzling with
their face against the mothers’ shoulders.
The fore-feet of the Yahoo differed from my
hands in nothing else but the length of the
nails, the coarseness and brownness of the
palms, and the hairiness on the backs.
There was the same resemblance between
our feet, with the same differences; which I
knew very well, though the horses did not,
because of my shoes and stockings; the
same in every part of our bodies except as
to hairiness and colour, which I have already
described.

The great difficulty that seemed to stick with
the two horses, was to see the rest of my
body so very different from that of a Yahoo,
for which I was obliged to my clothes,
whereof they had no conception. The sorrel
nag offered me a root, which he held (after
their manner, as we shall describe in its
proper place) between his hoof and
pastern; I took it in my hand, and, having
smelt it, returned it to him again as civilly as I
could. He brought out of the Yahoos’ kennel
a piece of ass’s flesh; but it smelt so

offensively that I turned from it with loathing:
he then threw it to the Yahoo, by whom it
was greedily devoured. He afterwards
showed me a wisp of hay, and a fetlock full
of oats; but I shook my head, to signify that
neither of these were food for me. And
indeed I now apprehended that I must
absolutely starve, if I did not get to some of
my own species; for as to those filthy
Yahoos, although there were few greater
lovers of mankind at that time than myself,
yet I confess I never saw any sensitive being
so detestable on all accounts; and the more
I came near them the more hateful they
grew, while I stayed in that country. This the
master horse observed by my behaviour,
and therefore sent the Yahoo back to his
kennel. He then put his fore-hoof to his
mouth, at which I was much surprised,
although he did it with ease, and with a
motion that appeared perfectly natural, and
made other signs, to know what I would eat;
but I could not return him such an answer as
he was able to apprehend; and if he had
understood me, I did not see how it was
possible to contrive any way for finding
myself nourishment. While we were thus
engaged, I observed a cow passing by,
whereupon I pointed to her, and expressed
a desire to go and milk her. This had its
effect; for he led me back into the house,
and ordered a mare-servant to open a
room, where a good store of milk lay in
earthen and wooden vessels, after a very
orderly and cleanly manner. She gave me a
large bowlful, of which I drank very heartily,
and found myself well refreshed.

About noon, I saw coming towards the
house a kind of vehicle drawn like a sledge
by four Yahoos. There was in it an old steed,
who seemed to be of quality; he alighted
with his hind-feet forward, having by
accident got a hurt in his left fore-foot. He
came to dine with our horse, who received
him with great civility. They dined in the best

-122-

room, and had oats boiled in milk for the
second course, which the old horse ate
warm, but the rest cold. Their mangers were
placed circular in the middle of the room,
and divided into several partitions, round
which they sat on their haunches, upon
bosses of straw. In the middle was a large
rack, with angles answering to every
partition of the manger; so that each horse
and mare ate their own hay, and their own
mash of oats and milk, with much decency
and regularity. The behaviour of the young
colt and foal appeared very modest, and
that of the master and mistress extremely
cheerful and complaisant to their guest. The
gray ordered me to stand by him; and much
discourse passed between him and his
friend concerning me, as I found by the
stranger’s often looking on me, and the
frequent repetition of the word Yahoo.

I happened to wear my gloves, which the
master gray observing, seemed perplexed,
discovering signs of wonder what I had
done to my fore-feet. He put his hoof three
or four times to them, as if he would signify,
that I should reduce them to their former
shape, which I presently did, pulling off both
my gloves, and putting them into my pocket.
This occasioned farther talk; and I saw the
company was pleased with my behaviour,
whereof I soon found the good effects. I
was ordered to speak the few words I
understood; and while they were at dinner,
the master taught me the names for oats,
milk, fire, water, and some others, which I
could readily pronou